integrated algebra 1 · 2017-01-17 · integrated algebra 1 ann xavier gantert amsco school...

132
INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert Teacher’s Manual with Answer Key AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC., a division of Perfection Learning ®

Upload: others

Post on 01-Aug-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

INTEGRATEDALGEBRA 1Ann Xavier Gantert

AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC.315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013

Teacher’s Manualwith Answer Key

A M S C O

14271FM.pgs 9/25/06 10:54 AM Page i

AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC.,a division of Perfection Learning®

Page 2: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Contents

Answer Keys

For Enrichment Activities 264

For Suggested Test Items 280

For SAT Preparation Exercises 288

For Textbook Exercises

Chapter 1 290

Chapter 2 293

Chapter 3 299

Chapter 4 303

Chapter 5 308

Chapter 6 312

Chapter 7 315

Chapter 8 321

Chapter 9 324

Chapter 10 345

Chapter 11 355

Chapter 12 358

Chapter 13 362

Chapter 14 371

Chapter 15 375

Chapter 16 384

14271FM.pgs 9/25/06 10:54 AM Page iv

Page 3: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

264

Enrichment Activity 1-1: Guessing aNumber by Bisection

a. 8 b. 6c. A maximum of 11 guesses would be needed to

locate a number between 1 and 2,000. The firstguess would be the average of 0 and 2,000, or1,000. Assuming that the number itself was not1,000, this would divide the possible numbersinto two equal sets: numbers between 0 and 999and numbers between 1,001 and 2,000. Sets ofthis size require a maximum of 10 guesses tofind the number.

Use a simpler related problem to find a generalsolution.

Range Max. Numberof Numbers of Guesses

From 1 to 3 2 First guess would be 2.If 2 is not the number,the next guess wouldbe correct.

From 1 to 7 3 First guess would be 4.If 4 is not the number,the number must beone of a set of threepossible numbers, andat most two moreguesses are needed.

From 1 to 15 4 First guess would be 8.If 8 is not the number,the number must beone of a set of sevenpossible numbers, andat most three moreguesses are needed.

Range Max. Numberof Numbers of Guesses Powers of 2

From 1 to 3 2 22 � 4From 1 to 7 3 23 � 8From 1 to 15 4 24 � 16From 1 to 31 5 25 � 32From 1 to 63 6 26 � 64From 1 to 127 7 27 � 128From 1 to 255 8 28 � 256

If 2n � 1 � the number of integers in the setfrom which the chosen number is selected,n is the maximum number of guesses needed toidentify the number.

To find a word in the dictionary, choose a middleword alphabetically and ask if the chosen wordcomes before or after the word for which you aresearching. Continue the process. To find a nameon a list, choose a middle name and continue theprocess.

Enrichment Activity 1-2: RepeatingDecimals

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 1 8.9. 15 10. 120

Enrichment Activity 1-3: A Piece of Pi1. 0 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 2. No. The digit 9 appears most often while the digit

1 appears least often.3. 0 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 4. Answers will vary. Example: The digits 0, 1, 4, 5,

and 8 appear more often than in the first group,the digits 3, 6, 7, and 9 appear less often than inthe first group, and the digit 8 appears with samefrequency as in the first group.

5. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

6. Answers will vary. Examples: The digit 7 appearssignificantly less frequently than the other digits.Appearances of the digits 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, and 9 areevening out. As more digits in the expansion arechecked, the digits may seem to appear the samenumber of times.

Enrichment Activity 1-4: Making 1001. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. Answers will vary. Examples:

40 5 275,14839616 5 123,576

894 ,

13 5 95,4721,368,

369,258714815,643

297

817,524396823,546

197

915,823647917,524

836

941,578263961,428

357

961,752438962,148

537

23251216202219241623

9134712128121112

1412898101112511

155198

32299 or 325

9947111

1033

712

4199

115

Answers for Enrichment Activity ExercisesAnswers for Enrichment Activity Exercises

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 264

Page 4: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Enrichment Activity 2-1: Special Ops1. 7 2. 5 3.4. 6.2 5. 20 6.7. 0.4 8. 9. 23

10. 8 11.12. a. a � b � a � 2b

b. 413. Answers will vary.

Enrichment Activity 2-2A: Clock Arithmetic

a. � 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

b. 1. Yes2. Yes3. Yes4. 125. Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Inverse 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12

Enrichment Activity 2-2B: Digital Addition;Digital Multiplication

1. { 0 2 4 6 8

0 0 2 4 6 8

2 2 4 6 8 0

4 4 6 8 0 2

6 6 8 0 2 4

8 8 0 2 4 6

2. a. Yes b. Yesc. Yes d. 0e. Number { Inverse � Identity

0 { 0 � 02 { 8 � 04 { 6 � 06 { 4 � 08 { 2 � 0

14

75

58

58

3. z 0 2 4 6 8

0 0 0 0 0 0

2 0 4 8 2 6

4 0 8 6 4 2

6 0 2 4 6 8

8 0 6 2 8 4

4. a. Yes b. Yesc. Yes d. 6e. Number z Inverse � Identity

2 z 8 � 64 z 6 � 66 z 4 � 68 z 2 � 6

5. YesConclusion: This is a field; all 11 properties hold.

Enrichment Activity 2-5: Paying the Toll1(7) � 2(�3) � 1 1(11) � 11 1(11) � 1(7) � 1(3) � 21

1(11) � 3(�3) � 2 4(3) � 12 2(11) � 22

1(3) � 3 1(7) � 2(3) � 13 2(7) � 3(3) � 23

1(7) � 1(�3) � 4 1(11) � 1(3) � 14 8(3) � 24

1(11) � 2(�3) � 5 5(3) � 15 2(11) � 1(3) � 25

2(3) � 6 1(7) � 3(3) � 16 3(11) � 1(�7) � 26

1(7) � 7 1(11) � 2(3) � 17 9(3) � 27

1(11) � 1(�3) � 8 1(11) � 1(7) � 18 4(7) � 28

3(3) � 9 1(7) � 4(3) � 19 2(11) � 1(7) � 29

1(7) � 1(3) � 10 2(7) � 2(3) � 20 3(7) � 3(3) � 30

All purchases can be made since any wholenumber can be formed using multiples of thenumbers above.

Enrichment Activity 2-8: GraphingOrdered Pairs of Numbers

a.

b. M is two blocks west and one block south ofO(�2, �1).

c. The first number gives the number of blocks eastor west of O, the center of town. If the number ispositive, the position is east of O; if the numberis negative, the position is west of O. The secondnumber gives the number of blocks north or

Stat

e St

reet

Main Street

S

P F

C

H

A LV

M

D

GO

265

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 265

Page 5: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

south of O. If the number is positive, the positionis north of O; if the number is negative, theposition is south of O.

Enrichment Activity 3-1: Number PlayColumns 2 and 3 will vary. The answers for columns 1and 4 are shown below.

Col. 1 Col. 4

1. 15 n2. 3 2n3. 38 2n � 84. 3,800 200n � 8005. 3,600 200n � 6006. 360 20n � 607. 400 20n � 1008. 20 n � 59. 15 n

Conclusion: The result on line 9 will always equal thestarting number on line 1.

Enrichment Activity 3-2: Variable Codes1. a. PAOIK b. ZUSUXXUC

c. SGZNKSGZOIY d. KDZXGUXJOTGXE2. Answers will vary.3. I MUST STUDY FOR AN EXAM4. a. XIVRK b. GLQQCV

c. RJJZXEDVEK d. VOGCFIRKZFE5. x � 96. NZIXS, MLEVNYVI; the correspondence is

symmetric. If a line is drawn between M and N inthe alphabet list, the corresponding letters areequal distances from that line. A corresponds toZ, B corresponds to Y, and so on.

7. a. MLBNCFHb. TUESDAY; the result is the original word.

7 � x is the encoding and decoding expression.8. a. YKBWTR b. RDUPMK; no

Enrichment Activity 3-7: Formulas forHealth

1. 22 � 2. 24 � 3. 17 �4. 31 � 5. 26 � 6. 22 �7. 24 � 8. 34 � 9.

10. 114 bpm 11. 19 bpm 12. 23 bpm13. 19 bpm 14. 84%

Enrichment Activity 4-2: Book Value1. Let x represent the middle book because the

values of the other books can be expressed inrelation to it.

2. 16 books 3. x � 100; x � 200; x � 300

BMI 5 703WH2

4. 16x � 13,600 5. x � 150; x � 300; x � 4506. 16x � 20,400 7. 33x � 34,0008. 33x � 34,000 � 65,0009. $3,000 10. $3,500 11. $45,200

Enrichment Activity 4-3: ConsecutiveIntegers

1. Number First Even of Integers Integer Sum or Odd

3 1 6 even

3 4 15 odd

3 7 24 even

3 x 3x � 3 even or odd

4 1 10 even

4 4 22 even

4 7 34 even

4 x 4x � 6 even

5 1 15 odd

5 4 30 even

5 7 45 odd

5 x 5x � 10 even or odd

6 1 21 odd

6 4 39 odd

6 7 57 odd

6 x 6x � 15 odd

7 1 28 even

7 4 49 odd

7 7 70 even

7 x 7x � 21 even or odd

2. Let x be the first consecutive integer.a. Odd; 2x � 1 is the sum of an even number and

an odd number.b. Even when x is odd; 3x � 3 is the sum of two

odd numbers.Odd when x is even; 3x � 3 is the sum of aneven number and an odd number.

c. Even; 4x � 6 is the sum of two even numbers.d. Even when x is even; 5x � 10 is the sum of

two even numbers.Odd when x is odd; 5x � 10 is the sum of anodd number and an even number.

e. Odd; 6x � 15 is the sum of an even numberand an odd number.

f. Even when x is odd; 7x � 21 is the sum of twoodd numbers.Odd when x is even; 7x � 21 is the sum of aneven number and an odd number.

266

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 266

Page 6: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

g. Even when the number of integers divided by2 is even.Odd when the number of integers divided by2 is odd.

h. Even when the first integer is even and thenumber of integers after the first, divided by 2,is even.Odd when the first integer is odd and thenumber of integers after the first, divided by 2,is even.Even when the first integer is odd and thenumber of integers after the first, divided by 2,is odd.Odd when the first integer is even and thenumber of integers after the first, divided by 2,is odd.

3. a. 3 b. 5 c. 7d. The sum always has the number of consecutive

integers as a factor.The sum is always thenumber of integers times the middle number.

4. a. Nob. The sum is 6 more than 4 times the first integer.

The sum is twice the sum of the second andthird integers.The sum is 6 less than 4 times the last integer.

5. a. Student tablesb. The sum of even integers is always even.

6. a. Student tablesb. The sum of odd integers is even if there is an

even number of integers and odd if there is anodd number of integers.

Enrichment Activity 4-4: Law of the Lever1. 2.4 ft2. 15 lb, 25 lb3. Heavier carton, 9 ft; lighter carton, 12 ft4. Kelly, 49 lb; Laurie, 70 lb5. a. The side with the 32-lb weight

b. 3 ft

Enrichment Activity 4-7: Graphing anInequality

1. x � 4

2. x � 4

3. x � �3

4. All real numbersbetween �4 and4; [�4, 4]

5. All real numbersbetween �1 and1; (�1, 1)

6. All real numbersgreater than 1;(1, �). Since thereis no real numberthat is the squareroot of a nega-tive number, theinequality is mean-ingless for x � 0.

267

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 267

Page 7: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

7. All real numbers;(��, �).

8. All positive realnumbers; (0, �).

9. Since �x� is alwayspositive, there isno real numberthat makes thisinequality true; �.

Enrichment Activity 5-1: Sums and Squares1. 42 � 4 � 5 � 25 � 52

2.

3. 202 � 20 � 21 � 400 � 20 � 21 � 4414. 102 � 1005. (n � 1)2

n

n2 n

n + 1

n

+1

+ 1

Enrichment Activity 5-2: An Odd Triangle1. Row 6: 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41

Row 7: 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 552. 1, 9, 25, 49; the middle number in odd-numbered

Row n is n2.3. 4, 16, 36; the average of the middle numbers in

even-numbered Row n is n2.4. a. 169 b. 6

c. 157, 159, 161, 163, 165, 167, 169, 171, 173, 175,179, 181, 183

5. Row Number Sum of Numbers in Row

1 1

2 8

3 27

4 64

5 125

6 216

7 343

6. Sum of the numbers in Row n � n3

7. a. 1,728 b. Row 198. a. 3 � 22 � 1, 7 � 32 � 2, 13 � 42 � 3,

21 � 52 � 4, 31 � 62 � 5, 43 � 72 � 6b. n2 � (n � 1) � n2 � n � 1

9. a. 5 � 22 � 1, 11 � 32 � 2, 19 � 42 � 3,29 � 52 � 4, 41 � 62 � 5, 55 � 72 � 6

b. n2 � (n �1) � n2 � n � 1

10. a. Row Sum of All Sum WrittenNumber Numbers as a Square

1 1 12

2 9 32

3 36 62

4 100 102

5 225 152

6 441 212

7 784 282

b.

Enrichment Activity 5-4: Products, Sums,and Cubes

1. 3(4)(5) � 4 � 60 � 4 � 64 � 43

4(5)(6) � 5 � 120 � 5 � 125 � 53

5(6)(7) � 6 � 210 � 6 � 216 � 63

2. The product of three consecutive integers plusthe middle integer is equal to the cube of themiddle integer.

Cn(n 1 1)2 D2

268

n2 � n � (n � 1) � n2 � 2n � 1

(n2 � 2n � 1) (n � 1)2

n2 � 2n � 1 (n � 1)(n � 1)n2 � 2n � 1 � n2 � 2n � 1n2 � 2n � 1 � (n � 1)2

5?

5?

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 268

Page 8: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

3. 6(7)(8) � 7 � 336 � 7 � 343 � 73

4. 7(8)(9) � 8 � 504 � 8 � 512 � 83

5. (n � 1)(n)(n � 1) � n � n(n � 1)(n � 1) � n� (n2 � n)(n � 1) � n� n3 � n2 � n2 � n � n� n3

6. (n)(n � 1)(n � 2) � (n � 1) (n � 1)3

(n)(n2 � 3n � 2) � (n � 1) (n � 1)(n � 1)(n � 1)

(n3 � 3n2 � 2n) � (n � 1) (n � 1)(n2 � 2n � 1)n3 � 3n2 � 3n � 1 � n3 � 3n2 � 3n � 1

Enrichment Activity 6-1A: FibonacciSequence and the Golden RatioPart 1. For clarity, the first 26 terms of the Fibonacci

sequence are written below from smallest tolargest in three-column format.

1 55 4,181

1 89 6,765

2 144 10,946

3 233 17,711

5 377 28,657

8 610 46,368

13 987 75,025

21 1,597 121,393

34 2,584

Part 2.

Part 3.As the terms of the Fibonacci sequenceincrease, the ratio comparing the greaterof two consecutive Fibonacci numbers tothe smaller approaches the value of thegolden ratio.

1 1 "52 < 1.618033989

121,39375,025 < 1.61803398975,025

46,368 < 1.618033989

46,36828,657 < 1.61803398828,657

17,711 < 1.61803399

17,71110,946 < 1.61803398510,946

6,765 < 1.618033999

6,7654,181 < 1.6180339634,181

2,584 < 1.618034056

2,5841,597 < 1.6180338131,597

987 < 1.618034448

987610 < 1.618032787610

377 < 1.618037135

377233 < 1.618025751233

144 5 1.61805

14489 < 1.61797752889

55 5 1.618

5534 < 1.61764705934

21 5 1.619047

2113 5 1.61538413

8 5 1.625

5?

5?

5?

Enrichment Activity 6-1B: Ratio: Estimatesand ComparisonsColumns 1 and 2 will vary according to studentestimates.

Column 3

Actual Ratio of Size

Australia 0.80

Brazil 0.88

Canada 1.04

China 1.00

India 0.34

Japan 0.04

Mexico 0.20

Russia 1.77

Spain 0.05

United States 1.00

Bonus: Actual Ratio of Size

Australia 3.90

Brazil 4.32

Canada 5.06

China 4.87

India 1.67

Japan 0.19

Mexico 1.00

Russia 8.66

Spain 0.26

United States 4.88

In a and b, student responses will vary.a. With Mexico’s area used as the base of compari-

son, its ratio changes from 0.20 to 1.00. In turn,the ratio for every nation becomes about 5 timesas large as the ratio using the United States asthe base of comparison.

b. The ratios in both lists show the sizes of thecountries in relation to one another: Japan hasthe smallest area, followed by Spain, up to Russiawith the largest area.

269

Source for Teacher:Area (sq mi)

2,967,908

3,286,487

3,855,101

3,705,405

1,269,345

145,883

761,606

6,592,769

194,897

3,718,709

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 269

Page 9: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Enrichment Activity 6-2: Population DensityPart 1.

State Land Area PopulationPopulation (sq mi) Density

Alaska 648,818 571,951 1

California 35,484,453 155,959 228

Florida 17,019,068 53,927 316

Montana 917,621 145,552 6

New Jersey 8,638,396 7,414 1,165

New York 19,190,115 47,214 406

North Carolina 8,407,248 48,711 173

Texas 22,118,509 261,797 84

Part 2. a. Student estimates will vary.b. Canada, 9; China, 361; India, 943;

Japan, 880; Mexico, 141; Russia, 22

Enrichment Activity 6-3: Catching Up1. a. 35 steps b. 5 steps c.2. a. 43 steps b. 5 steps; 10 steps

c.d. ; Evan is gaining on Marisa.

3.4. Evan continues to gain on Marisa until he

catches her after he has taken a total of 30 stepsand she has taken a total of 75 steps.

Enrichment Activity 6-4: Ratios andInequalities

1. Approach 1 proof:

Approach 2 proof:

2. a. ad bc b. ad � bcc. d � b d. d bc

3. must be true because 1(b � 1) b(1)or b � 1 b.

4. is true because a2 b2, so and

a b.5. a b is true because a(b � c) b(a � c), so

ab � ac ba � bc and ac bc.6. a. False b. Leads to contradiction (x � 0)7. a. True b. Consistent with x 0, y 08. a. False b. Leads to contradiction (y � 0)

"a . "bab . 1

1b . 1

b 1 1

ab , cd

ab A d

d B , A bb B c

d

adbd , bc

bd ad , bc

ab , cd

ab(b)(d) , c

d(b)(d) ad , cb ad , bc

37.551 or 75

102, 5059, 62.5

67 or 125134, 75

75

2543 . 25

70

2543

12.535 or 25

70

9. a. False b. Leads to the contradiction (y�0)10.

Enrichment Activity 7-4: Hero’s Formula1. a. 24 sq in. b. 24 sq in.2. a. 431.6 m2 b. 11,161.36 sq ft3. a. 388.8 cm2

b. Since the area and base are known, substitutethe values into the formula ; b � 18 cm

c. Right triangle

Enrichment Activity 7-5: RectangleCover-Up

1. 5 ways

2. 8 ways

3. Rectangles of Width 2

Number of Ways to Length of Rectangle Cover with Dominoes

0 1

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 5

5 8

6 13

7 21

8 34

9 55

10 89

4. Each number is the sum of the two previousnumbers. This is the Fibonacci sequence.

A 5 12bh

ab , a 1 c

b 1 d , cd

270

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 270

Page 10: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Enrichment Activity 7-6: Area of Polygons1. a. 60 cm2 2. a. 480 cm2 3. a. 88 sq in.

b. b. 4r(ED) b.4.

5. a. sq in. b. cm2 c. 8 m2

d. 28,500 cm2 e. 800 mm2

Enrichment Activity 8-1:Pythagorean Triples

1. a. U V U2 � V2 2UV U2 � V2

2 1 3 4 5

3 1 8 6 10

4 1 15 8 17

5 1 24 10 26

6 1 35 12 37

b. The difference between U2 � V2 and U2 � V2

is 2.The sum of U2 � V2 and U2 � V2 is U times2U [5 � 3 � 2(4)].The sum of the three num-bers is twice the product of U and the next con-secutive integer [3 � 4 � 5 � 2(2 3)]. Otherrelationships are possible.

2. a. U V U2 � V2 2UV U2 � V2

3 2 5 12 13

4 3 7 24 25

5 4 9 40 41

6 5 11 60 61

7 6 13 84 85

b. The difference between U2 � V2 and 2UV is 1.The sum of U2 � V2 and 2UV is the square ofU2 � V2. The sum of the three numbers is theproduct of U2 � V2 and U2 � V2 � 1 [5 � 12 �13 � 5 6]. The smallest number, U2 � V2, isthe sum of U and V. Other relationships arepossible.

3. a. U V U2 � V2 2UV U2 � V2

4 2 12 16 20

5 3 16 30 34

6 4 20 48 52

7 5 24 70 74

8 6 28 96 100

b. The difference between U2 � V2 and 2UV is 4.The sum of U2 � V2 and U2 � V2 is twice U2

[20 � 12 � 2(42)]. The sum of U2 � V2 and2UV is the square of half the smallest number,U2 � V2 [20 � 16 � (12 � 2)2]. Other relation-ships are possible.

4. 10 and 75. 33, 56, 65 or 42, 56, 70 (Other answers are possible.)

96"39"3

12nsr

52r(YZ)1

2r(ED)

6. 69,260,269 or 69,92,115 (Other answers are possible.)7. a. Yes; 6, 8, 10

b. No. If a number is odd, its square is odd.Thesum of the squares of two odd numbers is even.Therefore, the third number must be even.

c. Yes; 3, 4, 5d. No. If either a or b is odd and the other even,

then c must be odd. If a and b are both even,then c must be even. Therefore, it is notpossible to have exactly one odd number in aPythagorean triple.

Enrichment Activity 8-3: Polytans1.

2.3.

4.

Enrichment Activity 8-6: TrigonometricIdentities

1. a. 1 b. 1 c. 1d. 1 e. 1 f. 1

2. tan A tan (90° � A) � 1, where 0° � A � 90°3.

B � 90° � Atan A tan (90° � A) � 1

4. a. 1 b. 1 c. 1d. 1 e. 1 f. 1

5. (sin A)2 � (cos A)2 � 16.

(Note the use of the Pythagorean Theorem.)

sin A 5 ac, (sin A)2 5 A a

c B 2 5 a2

c2

cos A 5 bc, (cos A)2 5 A b

c B 2 5 b2

c2

(sin A)2 1 (cos A)2 5 a2

c2 1 b2

c2 5 a2 1 b2

c2 5 c2

c2 5 1

tan A 3 tan B 5 ab 3 b

a 5 1

tan A 5 ab

tan B 5 ba

4"2, 6, 4 1 2"2, 2 1 4"2

4√2 6 4 + 2√2 4 + 2√2 4 + 2√2

4 + 2√2 4 + 2√2 4 + 2√2 4 + 2√2

4 + 4√2 4 + 4√2 4 + 4√2 4 + 4√2 4 + 4√2

4 1 "2, 2 1 3"2

4 + √2 2 + 3√2 2 + 3√2 2 + 3√2

271

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 271

Page 11: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

7. a. b.

c. d.

e. f.

8. , where 0° � A � 90°

9.

Enrichment Activity 9-3: Graphing withThree Variables1–4.

5. Octant 6 6. Octant 5 7. Octant 48. Octant 8 9. Answers will vary; (0, y, 0)

10.

11

1

x

y

z

(6, 0, 0)

(0, 0, 4)

(0, 3, 0)

11

1

x

y

z

(5, –4, 1)

(2, –5, 7)

(3, 2, 6)

(4, 2, –3)

sin A 5 ac

cos A 5 bc

tan A 5 ab

sin A cos A 5 a

c 4 bc 5 a

c 3 cb 5 a

b 5 tan A

sin A cos A 5 tan A

sin 78 cos 78 5 tan 78 sin 158

cos 158 5 tan 158

sin 348 cos 348 5 tan 348 sin 788

cos 788 5 tan 788

sin 428 cos 428 5 tan 428 sin 208

cos 208 5 tan 208 11.

Enrichment Activity 9-7: Iterating LinearFunctions

1. y � 0.4x � 6

Starting Value 5 Starting Value 15

8 12

9.2 10.8

9.68 10.32

9.872 10.128

9.9488 10.0512

9.97952 10.02048

2. The iterates are approaching 10; for the startingvalue 5, the iterates approach 10 from below;for the starting value 15, the iterates approach10 from above.

3. All the y-values (outputs) are exactly 10.4. a. 3 b. �4

c. 0 d. 25. y � x6. a.

b. Undefined for m � 1 since the denominatorwould be 0. Functions of the form y � x � b(b � 0) cannot have a fixed point because they-value can never be the same as the x-valueif a nonzero number is being added to thex-value.

7. a. Starting point 0: �2, �6, �14, �30, �62, �126Starting point 4: 6, 10, 18, 34, 66, 130

b. Noc. Here, m � 0; in question 1, 0 � m � 1.

x 5 b1 2 m

11

1

x

y

z

(0, 0, 4)

(0, –4, 0)

(2, 0, 0)

272

Page 12: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

In 8–11, answers will vary.

8. No fixed point;Starting point 0: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18Each iterate is b more than the previous.

9. Fixed point 100;Starting point 101: 100.8, 100.64, 100.512,100.4096, 100.32768, 100.262144Starting point 99: 99.2, 99.36, 99.488, 99.5904,99.67232, 99.737856Iterates approach the fixed point.

10. Fixed point 3.5;Starting point 4.5: 6.5, 12.5, 30.5, 84.5, 246.5,732.5Starting point 2.5: 0.5, �5.5, �23.5, �77.5,�239.5, �725.5Iterates move away from the fixed point

11. Fixed point 0;Starting point 1: 6, 36, 216, 1,296, 7,776, 46,656Starting point �1: �6; �36; �216; �1,296;�7,776; �46,656Iterates move away from the fixed point.

Enrichment Activity 9-10: Graphing StepFunctions

a.

Hours Cost Hours Cost Hours Cost

$4.00 2 $6.00 $38.00

$4.00 $8.00 18 $38.00

1 $4.00 6 $14.00 19 $40.00

$6.00 $28.00 $40.00

b.

Time Time Time Time In Out Cost In Out Cost

9:15 A.M. 9:50 A.M. $4.00 10:00 A.M. 2:30 P.M. $12.00

9:30 A.M. 10:29 A.M. $4.00 10:10 A.M. 10:00 P.M. $26.00

9:30 A.M. 10:35 A.M. $6.00 12:15 A.M. 8:00 A.M. $40.00

10:00 A.M. 12:45 A.M. $8.00 12:40 A.M. 11:00 A.M. $40.00

2013121

2112

214

23

1734

14

c.

d. From 1 to 19 hours, the graph would be astraight line.

Enrichment Activity 9-11: Holes, Holes, andMore Holes: An Exponential InvestigationPart I

Task 1

# of folds 0 1 2 3 4 5

# of holes 1 2 4 8 16 32

# of holes expressed 20 21 22 23 24 25

as a power of 2

a. The total number of holes doubles with eachfold, or the total number of holes is a power of 2,the power being the number of folds.

b. 2n c. H � 2n

Task 2

# of folds 0 1 2 3 4 5

# of holes 2 4 8 16 32 64

# of holes expressed 21 22 23 24 25 26

as a power of 2

48

121620242832

40

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

36

y

x

Cos

t of p

arki

ng

Number of hours0

48

121620242832

40

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

36

y

x

Cos

t of p

arki

ng

Number of hours0

273

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 273

Page 13: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

a. The pattern is similar but begins with 21 ratherthan 20.

b. 21 � 2 20, 22 � 2 21, 23 � 2 22, 24 � 2 23,25 � 2 24, 26 � 2 25

c. H � 2 2n

Part IIa.

Part IIIAnswers will vary. Example: Yes. It is appropriatebecause as n, the number of fold, increases, H,the number of holes punched, increases rapidly(or exponentially).

Enrichment Activity 10-5: Solving SystemsUsing Matrices

1. x � 2, y � 12. x � �1, y � 63. x � 4, y � �14. x � �3, y � 55. a. Error message results.

b. There is no solution to the system.

Enrichment Activity 10-6: Systems withThree Variables

1. (3, 5, 2) 2. (1, �2, 2)3. (2, 1, �2) 4. (4, 3, 0.5)5. (10, 3, 7) 6. (�6, 4, 2)

Enrichment Activity 10-8: LinearProgrammingExample

3. B (0, 5), C (6, 2), D (7, 0)4. At B (0, 5), 2x � 3y � 15

At C (6, 2), 2x � 3y � 18At D (7, 0), 2x � 3y � 14

6

0

12182430364248546066727884

1 2 3 4 5

H

n

H = 2n

Number of folds

5. The function is maximized at (6, 2). Themaximum profit of $18 is obtained when 6bracelets and 2 necklaces are produced.

Exercises1. Max 20 at (4, 4), min 0 at (0, 0)2. Max 68 at (12, 4), min 14 at (2, 2)3. a. S � 30c � 40t

b. 2c � 4t � 800, c � t � 300, c 0, t 0c.

d. (0, 0), (0, 200), (200, 100), (300, 0)e. At (0, 0), S � 0; at (0, 200), S � 8,000;

at (200, 100), S � 10,000; at (300, 0), S � 9,000f. The function is maximized at (200, 100). The

maximum sales of $10,000 is obtained when200 chairs and 100 tables are produced.

Enrichment Activity 11-1: FindingPrimes—The Sieve of Eratosthenes

1. 172. Composite numbers can be written as pairs

of factors, such that when the number dividedby a factor is less than the factor, all positiveintegral factors have been found. In this case,the greatest number, 200, divided by 15 yields

. Therefore, all composite numbers between15 and 200 that have a factor greater than 15must also have a factor less than 15 and havealready been crossed out.

3. 19, the largest prime less than 204. a. x � 1, 12 � 1 � 41 � 41

x � 2, 22 � 2 � 41 � 43x � 3, 32 � 3 � 41 � 47x � 4, 42 � 4 � 41 � 53x � 5, 52 � 5 � 41 � 61x � 6, 62 � 6 � 41 � 71x � 7, 72 � 7 � 41 � 83x � 8, 82 � 8 � 41 � 97x � 9, 92 � 9 � 41 � 113x � 10, 102 � 10 � 41 � 131

b. x � 41, 412 � 41 � 41 � 1,681 � 41 � 41

1313

400

300

(0, 200)

100

100 200 (300, 0) 400 500(0, 0)

y

x

x + y = 300

2x + 4y = 800(200, 100)

274

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 274

Page 14: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Enrichment Activity 11-5: Differences ofSquares

1. a. 92 � 82 b. 72 � 52 c. 302 � 292

d. 162 � 142 e. 362 � 352 f. 262 � 242

g. 512 � 502 h. 732 � 722 i. 492 � 472

j. 1522 � 1512 k. 972 � 952 l. 5032 � 5022

2. , which is between n � 1 and n,so using the rule, 2n � 1 can be written as n2 � (n �1)2. To check, n2 � (n � 1)2 �n2 � (n2 � 2n � 1) � 2n � 1.

3. 4n � 4 � n, which is between n � 1 and n � 1,so using the rule, 4n can be written as (n � 1)2 � (n � 1)2. To check, (n � 1)2 � (n � 1)2

� n2 � 2n � 1 � (n2 � 2n � 1) � 4n.

Enrichment Activity 11-7: FactoringTrinomials

1. (1) 4x2(�10) � �40x2

(2) 8 and �5(3) 4x2 � 8x � 5x � 10(4) 4x(x � 2) � 5(x � 2)(5) (x � 2)(4x � 5)

2. a. (x � 2)(2x � 5) b. (x � 3)(4x � 3)c. (x � 5)(3x � 1) d. (x � 4)(3x � 2)e. (2x � 3)(3x � 2) f. (3x � 4)(4x � 1)g. (x � 5)(8x � 3) h. (x � 5)(5x � 2)i. (x � 3)(7x � 1)

Enrichment Activity 12-2: Square Root:Divide and Average

1. 7.07 2. 6.32 3. 2.454. 9.38 5. 10.39 6. 24.787. 3.32 8. 23 9. 24.78

10. 0.77 11. 0.55 12. 50.25

13. is rational because 232 � 529.14. 3.162 15. 10.100

Enrichment Activity 12-4: EquivalentRadical ExpressionsIn 1 and 3, answers will vary depending on the numberof decimal places displayed on the calculator.

1. Side (square Side (decimal Square Area root of area) approximation)

a 2 1.414213562

b 8 2.828427125

c 18 4.242640687

d 32 5.6565854249

e 50 7.071067812"50

"32

"18

"8

"2

"529

2n 2 12 5 n 2 12

2. Square Equation Relating Sides

a —

b

c

d

e

3.

Side (square Equationroot of Side (decimal Relating

Square Area area) approximation) Sides

f 5 2.236067977 —

g 20 4.472135955

h 45 6.708203932

Enrichment Activity 12-7: Operations withRadicals

1. a. b.

c. d.

e. f.

g. 0 h.

i. 0 j.

k. l.

m. n.

o. p. 3

q. r.

s. t.

u. v.

w. 3 x.

y.

2. Common Common Matches Answer Matches Answer

a, c k, q

b, u l, t

d, n m, o

f, j p, w 3

g, i 0 v, x

h, r

3. a. 100

b. Yes

2"5

23"5

5 2 2"3

11"76"3 1 3"5

4 1 2"38"11

10"63"2

5"2

23"5

23"58"11

4 1 2"3"5

2"510"6

11"7

6"3 1 3"511"7

4 1 2"310"6

5 2 2"3

2"5

5 2 2"32"10

6"3 1 3"53"2

8"113"2

"45 5 3"5"45

"20 5 2"5"20

"5

"50 5 5"2

"32 5 4"2

"18 5 3"2

"8 5 2"2

275

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 275

Page 15: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Enrichment Activity 13-2: Carpet Squares1. 4 with fringe on two sides, 8 with fringe on one

side, 4 with no fringe.

2.

Dimensions Fringe on Fringe on No Total of Carpet Two Sides One Side Fringe Squares

2 ft by 2 ft 4 0 0 4

3 ft by 3 ft 4 4 1 9

4 ft by 4 ft 4 8 4 16

5 ft by 5 ft 4 12 9 25

6 ft by 6 ft 4 16 16 36

7 ft by 7 ft 4 20 25 49

8 ft by 8 ft 4 24 36 64

9 ft by 9 ft 4 28 49 81

10 ft by 10 ft 4 32 64 100

3. The number of squares with fringe on two sides is 4for any size because all squares have 4 corners.Thenumber of squares with fringe on one side startsat 0 and increases by 4 each time the length of theside increases by 1 foot.The number of squareswith no fringe starts at 0 and is the sequence ofsquare numbers.The total number of squares isalso the square numbers starting with 4.

4.646056524844403632282420161284

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10x

y

* * * * * * * * *

Num

ber

of e

ach

type

of s

quar

e

Length of side of square0

5. The graphs for squares with fringe on two sidesand one side are linear. The graph for squareswith no fringe is steepest.

6. a � 4, b � 4(x � 2), c � (x � 2)2

7. 4 with fringe on two sides, 192 with fringe on oneside, 2,304 with no fringe.

8. The formulas are graphed in Exercise 4 for thedomain of 2 � x � 10, where x is an integer. Ingeneral, the formulas hold true for the domainx 2. The graph of c is quadratic.

9. No. For the number of squares to be equal,4(x � 2) � (x � 2)2. Simplifying gives x2 � 8x �12 � 0, which factors to (x � 6)(x �2) � 0. Theonly solutions for x are 2 and 6.

10. (n � 1)2 � n2 � 2n � 3

Enrichment Activity 13-4: QuadraticInequalities

1.

2. (0, 0) is not in the region, (0, 3) is in the region3. See graph4. All points inside of the graph of y � x2 � 6x � 85. 2 � x � 46.

1

–1–1

O1

x

y

y

xO1

1–1

276

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 276

Page 16: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

7. All points outside the graph of y � x2 � x � 128. x � �3 or x 4

Enrichment Activity 14-2: Is It Magic or IsIt Math?

1. a. ; yesb. ; yes

2. Student-generated results. Each result shouldequal 0.6 when rounded to the nearest tenth.

3.

4.

or

Therefore, to the nearest tenth.5. a. 0.62

b. The seventh term in the sequence beginning

with . Apply this

algebraic fraction to the rule illustrated

in Exercise 4, placing terms in a correct

order, to discover: ,

which is equivalent to or

0.615384615 � � 0.625. Therefore,

� 0.62 to the nearest hundredth.

Enrichment Activity 14-5: Operations withFractions

A � B A � B A � B A � B

1.

2.

3. (2) 4. (4) 5. (4)6. (2) 7. 18. If the sum and the difference in Exercise 1 are

equal, then w � 0. This would contradict thegiven statement, w 0.

9. No. If x � 1 and y � 1, then becomes

1 � w � w (an impossible statement),or 1 � 0 (also impossible).

10. w � 2 11. 12.

Enrichment Activity 14-7: FractionsBetween Fractions

1. a.

b.

c.0.875 � 0.9285714… � 0.95

78 , 7 1 19

8 1 20 , 1920, 78 , 26

28 , 1920,

914 , 9 1 14

4 1 5 , 145 , 94 , 23

9 , 1455, 2.25 , 2.5 , 2.8

23 , 2 1 4

3 1 5 , 45, 23 , 6

8 , 45, 0.6 , 0.75 , 0.8

y 5 23x 5 5

4

x 1 wy 5 xw

y2

xwy

xwy

x 2 wyy

x 1 wyy

xw

xwy2

x 2 wy

x 1 wy

8y 1 5x13y 1 8x

8y 1 5x13y 1 8x

813 ,

8y 1 5x13y 1 8x ,

58

8y13y ,

8y 1 5x13y 1 8x ,

5x8x

xy (x . 0, y . 0) is

5x 1 8y8x 1 13y

3x 1 5y5x 1 8y 5 0.6

0.6 ,3x 1 5y5x 1 8y , 0.625

3x5x ,

3x 1 5y5x 1 8y ,

5y8y is equivalent to

35 ,

3x 1 5y5x 1 8y ,

58

xy S y

x 1 y S x 1 yx 1 2y S x 1 2y

2x 1 3y S 2x 1 3y3x 1 5y S 3x 1 5y

5x 1 8y

213 S 13

15 S 1528 S 28

43 S 4371 S 71

114

35 S 5

8 S 813 S 13

21 S 2134 S 34

55

2. Student-generated examples.3. No. Cite any one example to show that is

not the average of .4. a.

b.c.

5. a. If , then (a 0, b 0, c 0)b. Yes. The average of is equal to

.

Enrichment Activity 14-8: EstimatingSolutions to Quadratic Equations

1. a. x � 1.32 or 1.33 b. x � 1.316 or 1.3172. y � �2; x � �5.32 or �5.33 (to the nearest tenth),

x � �5.316 or �5.317 (to the nearest hundredth)3. Calculator check. 4. x � 1.45, x � �3.455. x � 6.54, x � 0.46 6. x � 1.09, x � �10.097. x � 2.27, x � 5.738. The product of x and x � 4 equals 7, not each

factor. If each factor were to equal 7, then theirproduct would be 49.

Enrichment Activity 15-3: Probability anda Digital Clock

1. Answers will vary; student guesses2. a. P(0) � � .3125

b. P(1) � � .5

c. P(2) � � .375

d. P(3) � � .3125

e. P(4) � � .3125

f. P(5) � � .3125

g. P(6) � � .175

h. P(7) � � .175

i. P(8) � � .175

j. P(9) � � .1753. The digit appearing most often on a digital clock

is 1, and the digit appearing the second mostoften is 2. The digits 0, 3, 4, and 5 appear the samenumber of times over a 24-hour period. The digits6, 7, 8, and 9 also appear the same number oftimes over a 24-hour period, and these digitsappear less than all the others.

4. The answers will be exactly the same for any12-hour period as for the 24-hour period discussedearlier because, in a 24-hour period, a 12-hourcycle is repeated twice. Doubling (or halving) thenumerator and the denominator of the probabilityfraction does not change the value of the fraction.

2521,440 5 7

40

2521,440 5 7

40

2521,440 5 7

40

2521,440 5 7

40

4501,440 5 5

16

4501,440 5 5

16

4501,440 5 5

16

5401,440 5 3

8

7201,440 5 1

2

4501,440 5 5

16

a 1 cb 4 2 5 a 1 c

2b

ab and cb

ab , a 1 c

2b , cb

ab , c

b

92 , 9 1 10

2 1 2 , 102 , 92 , 19

4 , 102 , 4.5 , 4.75 , 5

16 , 1 1 5

6 1 6 , 56, 16 , 6

12 , 56, 0.16 , 0.5 , 0.83

34 , 3 1 9

4 1 4 , 94, 34 , 12

8 , 94, 0.75 , 1.5 , 2.25

ab and cd

a 1 cb 1 d

277

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 277

Page 17: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Enrichment Activity 15-6: Probability andArea: And, Or, Not

1. a. P(D) � � .28b. P(not D) � � .72

2. a. P(D) � � .28b. P(not D) � � .72

3. a. P(D) � � .28b. P(not D) � � .72

4. Answers will vary. Example: The areas of thethree shaded regions in Exercises 1–3 are equal;each is 7 square units. The probability that apoint on the 5-by-5 grid lies in the shaded regionis for each region.

5. a. A and B intersect in two squares. Example:

b. P(A or B) � � .46. a. A and B intersect in three squares. Example:

b. P(A or B) � � .367. a. B is a subset of A. A and B intersect in four

squares. Example:

b. P(A or B) � � .328. P(A or B) is found by either:

(1) counting the number of square units in the5-by-5 grid that are shaded by A, by B, orby both, and then dividing this area by 25,which is the area of the grid; or

(2) using the formula P(A or B) � P(A) � P(B) �P(A and B)

9. No. P(A and B) cannot exceed P(A), and sinceP(A) � � .16, the statement P(A) .16 is false.4

25

825

A

B

925

A

B

1025 5 2

5

BA

725

1825

725

1825

725

1825

725

Enrichment Activity 15-7: Probability ona Dartboard

1. a. �b. 3� (from 4� � �)c. 5� (from 9� � 4�)d. 7� (from 16� � 9�)e. 9� (from 25� � 16�)

2. a. � .04 b. � .12

c. � .2 d. � .28

e. � .36

3. a. � .4 b. � .56

c. � .6 d. � .96

e. � .36

4. a. � .16 b. � .36

c. � .0016 d. � .9216

e. � .1296 f. � .4096

g. � .0784 h. � .1296

Enrichment Activity 15-11: Expectation1. a. Responses will vary.

b. Most should say “left” or “negative.”2.

3. The expectation of indicates that, on average,the player expects to move 1 place in a negativedirection for every 3 turns taken.

4. a.b. The expectation of 0 indicates that, on

average, a player does not expect to advanceor fall behind over a long period of play.After many turns, the player should still be inthe START box, although the marker mayhave moved to the left and to the right duringdifferent turns.

5. Answers will vary. To win on this board in anaverage of 24 turns, a player must advance8 spaces to the right in that time. Therefore,E(game) should equal . Here is onepossible set of rules to obtain E(game) �(1) If a player guesses correctly, move 7

spaces in the positive direction (to theright).

(2) If a player guesses incorrectly, move 1space in the negative direction (to the left).

Thus:E(game) � A 1

6 B 3 (17) 1 A 56 B 3 (21) 5 2

6 5 13

13:

18 24, or 11

3

E(game) 5 A 16 B 3 (15) 1 A 5

6 B 3 (21) 5 0

21 3

E(game) 5 A 16 B 3 (13) 1 A 5

6 B 3 (21) 5 3

6 1 25 6

5 22 6 5 21

3

81625

49625

256625

81625

576625

1625

925

425

925

2425

1525 5 3

5

1425

1025 5 2

5

925

725

525 5 1

5

325

125

278

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 278

Page 18: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Enrichment Activity 15-12: A “Pick Six”Lottery

1. a.b. .0000000387

2. a.b. .0000112

3. a.b. .000655

4. a.b. .000837

5. a. Add the solutions to Exercises 1–4 part a:

b. Add solutions to Exercises 1–4 part b: .00156. Yes, the claim is essentially correct:

By choosing two sets of 6 numbers, the probabil-ity of winning a prize is doubled, so we multiplythe probability found in Exercise 5 by two:2 .0015 � .003, which is close to the givenprobability.

Enrichment Activity 16-1:Taking a Survey:Designing a Statistical StudyIn 1–4, student responses will vary.

Enrichment Activity 16-4: Locating theMedian Value

a. 4thb. 5thc. 8thd. 20the. 41stf. 119thg.h. 4th and 5thi. 5th and 6thj. 9th and 10thk. 21st and 22ndl. 44th and 45th

m. 115th and 116thn.

General rule: Arrange the data values in order. Let thenumber of data values be N.If N is odd, the median is the value that is fromeither end.If N is even, the median is the average of the valuesthat are from either end.N

2 and N2 1 1

N 1 12

N2 and N2 1 1

N 1 12

1333 5 .003

38,82925,827,165

6C3 ?

1C1 ?

47C2

54C65

20 ? 1 ? 1,08125,827,165 5

21,62025,827,165

6C4 ?

48C2

54C65

15 ? 1,12825,827,165 5

16,92025,827,165

6C5 ?

48C1

54C65 6 ? 48

25,827,165 5 28825,827,165

6C6 ?

48C0

54C65 1 ? 1

25,827,165 5 125,827,165

Enrichment Activity 16-7:TheMedian-Median Line

1. Yes

2. See graph 3. (58, 71); see graph4. (69, 84); see graph 5. (85, 91); see graph6.

In 7 and 8, answers will vary but should be close tothose given.

7. Using the points (55, 70) and (75, 85),y � 0.75x � 28.75

8. a. 0.75 b. 28.759. a. 82 b. 74 c. 92 or 93

10. The regression equation (values rounded to thenearest hundredth) is y � 0.75x � 30.24, which isclose to the median-median line.

11. Student results will vary. The median-median lineshould be close to the regression line.

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

55

50

60

6570

75

8085

9095

100

0

Post

test

Pretest

+

+

+

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

55

50

60

6570

75

8085

9095

100

0

Post

test

Pretest

279

14271AKEA.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 279

Page 19: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

280

Chapter 11. a. 12 b. 108

c. 19 d. 1122. a. Infinite b. Finite

c. Infinite d. Empty3. True4. False5. True6. True7. False8. False9. a. b.

c. such that b � 0

d. e.10. 18.0511. a. 0.05 b. 0.666 . . . �

c. 0.444 . . . �

d. �3.1666 . . . �12. a. 4 b. 17

c. 6 d. 313. a. Rational b. Irrational

c. Irrational d. Rational14. a. 3.742 b. 1.183

c. 3.142 d. 0.14215.

16. a. A and B b. J and K c. H and Id. F and G e. D and E

17. 15.2 mg18. P � 30.88 cm

A � 58 cm2

Chapter 21. (4) 2. 63. a. True; distributive property

b. True; commutative property of additionc. True; addition property of zerod. True; associative property of multiplicatione. False

4. a. � b. � c. �5. a. �4 b. �5.7

c. d. �606. �127. a. {�3, �1, 0, 2, 4, 5}

b. {0, 1, 5} c. {�1, 1, 4, 8} d. {�3}8. A(�3, 1), B(3, �3), C(5, 4), D(�3, �5), E(�4, 0),

F(0, �2)

135

A B C D E F G H I J K

–1 –1 0 1 1 2 2 3 312

12

12

12

12

12–

23.160.4

0.6

2 21100

731

01, or 0b

163

310

9.

10. a.

b. 10 sq units

Bonus I: The commission

Bonus II: (3 � 3 � 3 � 3) 3 � 3

Chapter 31. a. n � 12 b. n � 7 c. 2n � 4

d. e.2. a. x � 5 b. 10c c. 60h � m

d. 25q � 10d3. a. The product of 7 and a number n, decreased by 2

b. 9 times the sum of c and 3c. 36 minus the product of 2 and a number x,

plus 54. 1, 17, a, b, 17a, 17b, ab, 17ab5. Base � x, exponent � 176. a. 3a2 b. 5x3y5 c. (5a)3

7. a. Coefficient � 6, base � h, exponent � 2b. Coefficient � 1, base � w, exponent � 5c. Coefficient � , base � r, exponent � 3d. Coefficient � �1, base � m, exponent � 1

8. a. 1 b. 1 c. 64d. 4 e. 3 f. 37g. 16 h. 0

9. 100.3275 10. c � 4n � p

4 1 n3

12n 2 6

y

x

A B

C

y

xA

B

C

D

E

F

Answers for Suggested Test ItemsAnswers for Suggested Test Items

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 280

Page 20: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

11. c � 35 � 0.15(m � 100) 12. 77 cm2

13. {�3} 14. {4, 5}

Bonus: $7; Jennifer gives 5 dollars to Lisa and 2 dollarsto Ramon. Each person would have Lisa’s originalamount plus 5 dollars.

Chapter 41. x � x � 1 2. a � 5 3. b � 224. y � 42.5 5. x � 5 6. n � �107. a � 7.2 8. x � �5.5 9. c � 9

10. x � 87 11. 412. Length: 10 cm; width: 7.5 cm 13.14. a. b. C � �515. 716. x � 3

17. x � 3

18. x � �2

19. �

20. 1 x 6

21. (2) 22. (1) 23. 3 hr24. 20 quarters, 30 dimes, 40 nickels25. 6 stamps at 63¢, 18 stamps at 39¢, 30 stamps at 4¢26. 5 hr 27. 9:40 A.M.28. 6 mph going, 4 mph returning

Bonus: 72

Chapter 51. �3a3 2. 3x � 2 3. �27x � 634. 4x4 � 5 5. �4a3b3 6. 2x2 � 2x �27. �3x � 22 8. �27x6y3 9. 14y � x

10. 2x2 � 7x � 4 11. 4x2 � 4x � 1 12. 4x2 � 113. �48r3s4 14. a3 � 2a2 � a 15. 13x2 � 316. 7a 17. 5 18. 5y2 � 419. a2b2 20. 3 21.

22. n � 7 23. n � 2 24. n � 325. 19 26. 3.2 103 27. 9.3 107

28. 5.4 10�2 29. 2 10�6 30. 80,00031. 1,700,000,000 32. 0.073 33. 0.000000534. a. 8x � 6 b. 3x2 � 5x � 28 c. x �

35. 4a2 � 12a � 9 36. 4x � 17 37. 2x � 138. y � 10 39. x � 9 40. 10x � 6

73

9x2

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

C 5 59(F 2 32)

h 5 3VA

Bonus: a. 17 and 18b. No. The numbers whose squares differ by

24 are not counting numbers.(x � 1)2 � x2 � 24x2 � 2x � 1 � x2 � 242x � 1 � 242x � 23x � 11.5

Chapter 61. 1 : 3 2. 6 : 1 3. 4 : 54. 1 to 400 5. 1.2 boxes per sec6. 384 mi 7. x � 8 8. a � 69. y � 18 10. x � 9 11. 3 cans

12. 10°, 40°, 100° 13. 25% 14. x � 2115. 25 persons 16. 6.25%17. 32 cm, 40 cm, 56 cm 18. 200 wads19. $3,680 20. 64 hydrants 21. 45 hr22. 2.4 lb 23. min 24. $121 per hr

Bonus I: 20 typists; 5 pages

Bonus II: 1: 2; Amanda, 12; Daniel, 21; Latanya, 24

Chapter 7

1. a.b. �AEC, �BEC, �AED, �BEDc. �ACE, �BCEd. �ACF, �BCFe. AE f. �CAEg. �BCF, �ACF

2. a. 95 b. 85c. 85 d. 95

3. m�A � 76, m�B � 56, m�C � 484. a. 118 b. 118

c. 62 d. 625. a. x � 5

b. m�A � m�C � 20, m�B � m�D � 1606. 80°, 100° 7. 238 cm2 8. 114 sq in.9. 12 cm 10. 52%

11. a. 5.9% b. 11.4% c. 16.6%

Bonus: m�ECD � 70

Chapter 81. 25 in. 2. 40 cm

3. a. in. b. 6.4 in.4. 43° 5. 35° 6. 41°7. 14° 8. 15.7 in. 9. 11.3 cm

10. 19 ft 11. 21°, 69° 12. 37°, 53°, 90°13. 85° 14. 87 ft 15. 17 in.

Bonus: 25°, 75°, 79°

"41

EBh

813

281

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 281

Page 21: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Chapter 91. a. No

b. Yesc. Yes

2. No3. k � �54. a.

b.

c.

d.

5. a. x-int � 2, b � 10b. x-int � �3, b � �12c. x-int � �3, b � 4.5

6. �47. y � 3x � 18. �3; 1

3

y

xO1

1–1–1

y

xO1

1–1–1

–1

1

1

O

y

x

y

xO1

1–1–1

9. a. 0, horizontalb. , rises to the rightc. �1, falls to the right

10. a. 5 b. y � 5xc. d. 5

11. a. m � 2, b � 1 b. m � �1, b � 7c. m � , b � �3 d. m � 0, b � 3

12. a. (0, 0), (4, �5) b. (4, �5)c. (0, 0), (�1, 3)

13. a. y � 2x � 2b.

14. a.

b. y

xO1

–1 1

y

xO1

–1 1

y

x

O

1

–1–1

12

–1

1

1

O

y

x

35

282

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 282

Page 22: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

c.

15. y � �x� � 416. a.

b.

17. a. s � 0.10p � 200b.

c. $1,700

y

xO500

5,000

–1 1

y

xO3

–1

1

1

y

xO

y

xO1

1–1–1

18. a.b.

c. 2 min

Bonus: (9, 2), (9, 6), (1, 6)

Chapter 101. y � x � 3 2. y � 2x � 23. x � 2y � 6 4.5.

6. a.

b. (1, 1)7. a. (3, �2) b. (�6, 8)8. a. or (2.5, 3)

b. y

xO1

–1

( 5 2– , 3)

–1

A 52, 3 B

y

xO

1

–1–1

y

xO

1

–1

(2 , 1)

y 5 2 23x 1 6

y

xO1

1–1

y 5 8 A 12 B

x

283

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 283

Page 23: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

9. Any value except 10.11. Last year’s garden: 3 ft by 14 ft

This year’s garden: 6 ft by 7 ft12. First meeting: 7 girls and 5 boys

Second meeting: 14 girls and 15 boys13.

Bonus: a. 94 spectatorsb. 58 students, 24 parents, 12 faculty

Chapter 111. 32 � 5 � 112. 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 15, 18, 30, 45, 903. a. 6ab b. 3x2 c. 4x2y4. 25a2b4

5. 4x2 � 4x � 16. 2x2 � 3x � 97. y2 � 498. 6a(2a � b)9. (a � 3)(a � 2)

10. (s � 5)(s � 5)11. 2r2(4r � 1)12. Prime13. (x � 10)(x � 2)14. (y � 3)(y � 3)15. (2x � 3)(x � 2)16. (4b � 3)(b � 3)17. 4(c2 � 4)18. (3b � 4)(3b � 4)19. 5(y � 2)(y � 2)20. 5(x � 1)(x � 1)21. Prime22. ab(a � 7)(a � 5)23. 6x2 � x � 124. 2s � 325. 4; (5x � 2)(5x � 2)

Bonus I: a. Let the odd integers be 2n � 1 and 2n � 1. Their product is (2n � 2)(2n � 1) � 4n2 � 1. Their average is

, whichsquared is 4n2.

b. Yes. Let the even integers be 2n and 2n � 2. Their product is 2n(2n � 2) �

4n2 � 4n. Their average is

, which squared is 4n2 �4n � 1.

Bonus II: n2 � 1 � (n � 1)(n � 1); n � 1 and n � 1are consecutive even integers if n is odd and consecu-tive odd integers if n is even.

4n 1 22 5 2n 1 1

2n 1 (2n 1 2)2 5

(2n 2 1) 1 (2n 1 1)2 5 4n

2 5 2n

A 1a, 1b B

212

72

Chapter 121. a. Rational

b. Irrationalc. Irrationald. Rationale. Rationalf. Rationalg. Irrational

2. a.

b.

c.d. 75e. 4f. 5

g.3. a. 11a2 b. 0.6x c. 3y3

d. 3a4. 4.55. a. x � ±1.2 b. x � ±76. a. 37 b. �6.08 c. 2.47. 15 and 16

In 8 and 9, part a, answers will vary according to thenumber of digits in the calculator display.

8. a. 9.591663047b. 9.592

9. a. �46.9041576b. �46.90

10. (3)11. (3)12. a. Length

b. (1) in.(2) 62.61 in.

c. (1) sq in.(2) 244.95 sq in.

Chapter 131. x � 4 or x � 32. x � 6 or x � �13. a � 5 or a � �54. y � 0 or y � 55. b � or b � 46. x � 7 or x � �57. �9, �8 or 8, 98. Base � 16 cm, height � 10 cm9. a. 400 ft at t � 1 sec

b. t � 6 sec10. a. x � 2 b. (2, �2) c. Down

11. a. b. c. UpA232, 214 Bx 5 23

2

292

100"6

10"10 1 8"15

2"2

12"6

3"2

4"3

284

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 284

Page 24: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

12.

13. x � �1, x � 3

14. No real roots15. {(�3, 6), (4, 13)}

y

x

(–3 , 6)

(4 , 13)

O1

–11

y

xO1

1–1

y

xO1

1

16. {(�1, 5), (3, �3)}

17. {(�4, 24), (1, 4)}

18. {(�2, 4), (�1, 3)} 19. {(�4, 11), (2.5, 1.25)}20. 7 ft, 12 ft

Bonus: 9 chords

Chapter 141. x � �4 2. (x � 0, y � 0)

3. 4. (c � 0)

5. (x � 0, y � 0) 6. (x � 0)

7. (y � 0) 8. 9x (x � 0)

9. (x � 0) 10. (x � 0)

11. 12. (x � 0)

13. (a � 0) 14. (a � 0)

15. 16. 17. x � 4

18. a � 5 19. y � 54 20. x � 1921. b � 4 22. d � 25 23. No solution24. x � �3, x � �4 25. b � �1, b � 426. 18 27. 10 quarters28. 10 free throws

23b10

8b3

2723a 1 21

10a

49

11x 2 1615

15x2 1 15x

35

y 2 2y

2x5

2x 1 110y

3c 2 13c2

a 1 b2

x3y

(–4 , –24)

(1 , 4)2

–2–1 1

y

x

y

xO–1

–11

(–1 , 5)

(3 , –3)

285

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 285

Page 25: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Bonus: a. b. 60

Chapter 151. a. b. c.2. a. b. c.3. 57%4. a. b. c.5. .96.7. 25 red, 75 green8.9. a. 24 b. 5,040 c. 120

d. 60 e. 9 f. 21010.11. a. b.12. 1,32013. 6014.15. 916. 2417. a.

{(H, H, H, H), (H, H, H,T), (H, H,T, H),(H, H,T,T), (H,T, H, H), (H,T, H,T),(H,T,T, H), (H,T,T,T), (T, H, H, H), (T, H, H,T),(T, H,T, H), (T, H,T,T), (T,T, H, H), (T,T, H,T),(T,T,T, H), (T,T,T,T)}

b. 16 c. d.18. 24

36 5 23

1516

616 5 3

8

H

HH H

H

H

H

H

HH

H

H H

H

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

H

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

122,652 5 1

221

3066 5 5

111566 5 5

22

17

1552

436 5 1

9

192380 5 48

9556

380 5 1495

132380 5 33

95

1252 5 3

131352 5 1

4452 5 1

13

36 5 1

256

16

3160

19. a.

Let A � Adam, B � Bert, C � Clara,D � Doris, E � Elaine, and F � Flora.{(A, B), (A, C), (A, D), (A, E), (A, F), (B, A),(B, C), (B, D), (B, E), (B, F), (C, A), (C, B),(C, D), (C, E), (C, F), (D, A), (D, B), (D, C),(D, E), (D, F), (E, A), (E, B), (E, C), (E, D),(E, F), (F, A), (F, B), (F, C), (F, D), (F, E)}

b. c. d.20. a. b.21. a. b. c.22. 1,12023. a. 1,225 b.

Bonus: 10216 5 5

108

991,225

54132 5 9

2272

132 5 611

6132 5 1

22

49

69 5 2

3

2030 5 2

31630 5 8

152

30 5 115

A

B

C

D

E

F

BCDEF

ACDEF

ABDEF

ABCEF

ABCDF

ABCDE

286

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 286

Page 26: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Chapter 161. a. 129 g b. 128 g c. 127 g2. 51, 53, 55, 57, 593. 834. 14.4 lb5. a. 5 b.6. 187. 3a � 28. a. Stem Leaf

5 3

6 5, 7

7 0, 1, 5, 7, 8, 9

8 0, 1, 3, 3, 6, 8, 9

9 1, 1, 4, 5, 8

b. Min � 53, Q1 � 73, med � 81, Q3 � 90,max � 98

c. 81st percentile

9. a. Days Cumulative Absent Frequency Frequency

6 1 25

5 3 24

4 3 21

3 1 18

2 2 17

1 8 15

0 7 7

b.

Days absent

Freq

uenc

y

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

00 1 2 3 4 5 6

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

Key: 5 � 3 � 53

1425

c.

d. 1 e. 1.92 f. 0g. 4 h. i.j. 1

10. a.

b. 1,850–1,899 c. 1,750–1,799d. 1,900–1,949

11. a.

b. (39.8, 66) c. y � 055x � 44.1d. y � 0.45x � 48 e. $61,500

Calls

Sale

s ($

1,00

0)

80

70

60

50

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Calories

Cum

ulat

ive

Freq

uenc

y

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

1,550

–1,59

9

1,600

–1,64

9

1,650

–1,69

9

1,700

–1,74

9

1,750

–1,79

9

1,800

–1,84

9

1,850

–1,89

9

1,900

–1,94

9

1,950

–1,99

9

125

325

Days absent

Cum

ulat

ive

Freq

uenc

y

0–0 0–1 0–2 0–3 0–4 0–5 0–6

262422201816141210 8 6 4 2 0

287

14271AKTI.pgs 9/25/06 10:43 AM Page 287

Page 27: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

288

Chapter 11. C 2. D 3. C4. B 5. C 6. B7. B 8. E 9. B

10. A 11. B 12. D13. D 14. D 15. B16. D 17. B 18. E19. 8 20. 198 21. 022. 76 23. or 0.5 24.

Chapter 21. A 2. D 3. B4. C 5. E 6. A7. B 8. D 9. B

10. D 11. B 12. D13. B 14. B 15. B16. E 17. 15 18. 2019. 6 20. 72 21. 222. 3

Chapter 31. D 2. A 3. B4. B 5. B 6. C7. E 8. B 9. E

10. E 11. C 12. D13. D 14. C 15. B16. C

Chapter 41. B 2. D 3. D4. A 5. E 6. B7. A 8. C 9. C

10. A 11. E 12. A13. E 14. D 15. E16. C 17. D 18. B19. A 20. B 21. $822. 3 23. 131 24. 2725. 4 26. $2.40 27. 428. 45

Chapter 51. A 2. D 3. B4. C 5. C 6. B7. D 8. C 9. A

10. D 11. E 12. E13. C 14. D 15. C16. C 17. A 18. B19. 49 20. 0.52 21. 24

38

12

22. 8 23. 256 24. 825. 0

Chapter 61. A 2. E 3. B4. B 5. A 6. B7. A 8. C 9. B

10. A 11. B 12. C13. A 14. C 15. A16. B 17. B 18. A19. D 20. E 21.22. 23. 48 24. 8025. 26. 50 27. $64028. 29. 75 30. $2,20031. 72

Chapter 71. E 2. D 3. E4. B 5. A 6. B7. D 8. A 9. C

10. A 11. C 12. C13. D 14. C 15. C16. 24 17. 65° 18. 8:30 P.M.19. 30 20. 24 21. 12822. 36 23. 55 24. 1425. 508 26. 3,664

Chapter 81. C 2. E 3. C4. B 5. A 6. B7. C 8. D 9. A

10. E 11. C 12. A13. D 14. C 15. E16. D 17. 60 18.19. 4.5 20. 37.3 21. 0.58122. 36 23. 5 24. 7.1

Chapter 91. E 2. B 3. B4. D 5. B 6. D7. E 8. E 9. B

10. E 11. A 12. E13. C 14. D 15. B16. B 17. 24 18.19. $358 20. 10 21. 1722. 624 23. 0 � x � 2 24. 20 m25. 20 min 26. 4 cups

32

718

116

13

215

353

Answers for SAT Preparation ExercisesAnswers for SAT Preparation Exercises

Page 28: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Chapter 101. A 2. E 3. D4. A 5. C 6. B7. E 8. E 9. C

10. B 11. E 12. B13. C 14. A 15. C16. B 17. 5 18. 6519. 13 ft 20. 14 21. 123°22. $2,000 23. 1 24. 60 cc25. 10

Chapter 111. A 2. C 3. A4. B 5. A 6. A7. C 8. A 9. D

10. E 11. E 12. C13. C 14. B 15. D16. C 17. D 18. A19. 16 20. 8 21. 14422. 5 23. 20 24. 025. 64 26. 13 27. 1,15628. 15

Chapter 121. B 2. C 3. C4. B 5. D 6. C7. C 8. D 9. D

10. A 11. A 12. E13. A 14. D 15. D16. B 17. C 18. B19. E 20. A 21. 222. 7 23. 14 yd 24. 825. 9 in. 26. 15 ft 27. 1628. 0.85

Chapter 131. A 2. C 3. B4. A 5. B 6. D7. D 8. E 9. C

10. B 11. B 12. D13. C 14. E 15. C

16. A 17. A 18. C19. D 20. C 21. A22. 72 23. 24. or 13.525. 12 26. 16 in. 27. 9828. 100 29. 9 30. or 7.531. 27 32. 33. 2.5 sec

Chapter 141. E 2. C 3. A4. B 5. D 6. C7. B 8. B 9. E

10. E 11. E 12. D13. B 14. E 15. C16. 17. 120 min 18.19. 4 20. 20% 21. or 0.522. 9 23. or 1.5 24. 1025. 0.04

Chapter 151. D 2. C 3. D4. C 5. C 6. D7. D 8. B 9. C

10. B 11. C 12. C13. D 14. D 15. A16. E 17. D 18. B19. D 20. D 21. 022. or .25 23. 24.25. 26. or .125 27. or .528. .42

Chapter 161. C 2. C 3. B4. D 5. C 6. B7. A 8. B 9. C

10. B 11. A 12. D13. C 14. B 15. C16. D 17. 43% 18. 1019. 14.4° 20. 80.4 21. $9022. 1,470

12

18

12

56

23

14

32

12

37

415

23

152

272

103

289

14271AKST.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 289

Page 29: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

290

Introductory Page (page 1)3 buses; 2.6 hr; 2 casesIn each problem, 125 is divided by 48. However, thequotients are rounded differently; the first problemrequires that the quotient be rounded up to the nearestwhole number, the second that the quotient be roundedto a decimal place, and the third that the quotient berounded down to the nearest whole number.

1-1 The Integers (pages 9–10)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. If the real number is positive or zero, thenit is equal to its absolute value. If the number isnegative, then its absolute value is positive so itis greater than the original number.

2. If a is less than b, then a must be the negativenumber and b must be the positive number sinceall positive numbers are greater than all negativenumbers.

Developing Skills3. a. 10.4 4. a. 7

b. �10.4 b. 75. a. 21 6. a. 13

b. �21 b. 137. a. 20 8. a.

b. 20 b.9. a. 10. a. 1.45

b. b. 1.4511. a. 2.7 12. a. 0.02

b. �2.7 b. 0.0213. True 14. True 15. False16. True 17. False 18. True19. True 20. True 21. 1222. 6 23. 10 24. 525. 0 26. 10 27. 228. 5 29. 0 30. 1431. True; on the number line, �5 is to the right of �2.32. True; on the number line, �3 is to the left of 0.33. False; on the number line, �7 is to the left of �1

and therefore is less than �7.34. True; on the number line, �2 is to the right of �10.35. �8 � �6 36. �8 � 037. �5 � �2 38. �5 � �2539. 16 � 3 � 9 � 240. 6 � 7 � 100 � 241. �7 is greater than �7.

2334

334

2112

112

42. �20 is less than �3.43. �4 is less than 0.44. �9 is greater than or equal to �90.45. �5 � �4 � 846. �6 � �3 � �3 � �647. �4 � �2 � 0 � �348. �8 � �2 � 0 � �849. 8 � 14, 8 � 14, 8 1450. 9 � 3, 9 � 3, 9 351. 15 15, 15 �15, 15 1552. 6 � �2, 6 � �2, 6 �253. 1-f, 2-b, 3-c, 4-h, 5-j, 6-l, 7-e, 8-a, 9-g, 10-i, 11-d, 12-kApplying Skills54. a. Three 34-passenger buses and two 25-passenger

buses should be scheduled.b. 1 empty seat

55. Fill the 4-pound bag with rice. Use this rice tofill the 3-pound bag, leaving 1 pound remainingin the 4-pound bag. Empty the 3-pound bag. Pourthe pound of rice from the 4-pound bag into the3-pound bag. Refill the 4-pound bag.1 pound � 4 pounds � 5 pounds

56. Answers will vary. Examples: Loss of yardagein a football game; temperatures below zerodegrees; decline in a stock price; loss of weight;time before liftoff; etc.

1-2 The Rational Numbers (pages 15–17)Writing About Mathematics

1. is a rational number, and every rational numbercan be expressed as a repeating decimal; therefore,

can be expressed as a repeating decimal.2. Imagine a smallest positive rational number, n.

We can take the mean of n and 0 and get a valuesmaller than n. This process can be repeatedforever, so there is no smallest positive rationalnumber.

Developing Skills

3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

8. or where x is any counting number

9. 10. 11.

12. 13. 14.15. 16. 17. 5

215

56

113

72223

10

71,000210

3112

0x

01

231

91

2 21100

950

710

117

117

Chapter 1. Number Systems

Answers for Textbook ExercisesAnswers for Textbook Exercises

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 290

Page 30: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

18. 19. 20.21. 1.275 22. 0.6

In 23–32, the mean is given. Answers will vary.23. 24. 25.

26. 27. 28.

29. �2.15 30. 31.32. 3.075 33. 34.35. 36. 37.38. 39. 40.41. 42. 43.

44. 45. 46.

47. 48. 49.

50. 51. 52.53. True; integers are a subset of the rational numbers.54. False; whole numbers are the counting numbers

and 0. Negative integers, such as �1, �2, and �3,are the opposites of the positive whole numbers.These numbers are not whole numbers.

55. True; on a number line, the numbers increase invalue from left to right.

56. True; every rational number can be written aseither a terminating decimal or a repeatingdecimal. If the decimal terminates, then afterthe last nonzero digit, zero repeats.

57. True; between 0 and 1, another rational numbercan be found by taking their mean (or average).Since this process has no end, there is an infinitenumber of fractions (which are rational numbers)between 0 and 1.

58. True; �2 and �1 are both rational numbers.There is an infinite number of rational numbersbetween any two different rational numbers.

59. True; if x is any rational number, then x � 1 is arational number that is greater than x.

Applying Skills

60. 61.62. a. 63. a. 64.8 in. 64. a.

b. b. b.

1-3 The Irrational Numbers (pages 23–24)Writing About Mathematics

1. Answers will vary. Examples:

� � (��) � 0,0.121221222 . . . � 0.212112111 . . . �

0.333333333 . . . �

2. No, is closer to � than 3.14:� � ≈ 3.1428571 � 3.1425927 or 0.0012644

� � 3.14 ≈ 3.1415927 � 3.14 or 0.0015927

227

227

0.3 5 13

"2 1 (2"2) 5 0

25

3340

13

12

14

110

35

2 310

799800

7100

101400

18

1111,000

32521

5111200

1220.830.050.180.71.60.5831.625025.502.2500.625021 7

242 916

21724

1116

38

212231

2512

2 512

136213

6Developing Skills

3. Rational 4. Rational 5. Rational6. Irrational 7. Irrational 8. Irrational9. Irrational 10. Rational 11. Irrational

12. Rational 13. Rational 14. Irrational15. Rational 16. Rational 17. Irrational18. Irrational 19. Irrational 20. Rational21. Rational 22. Irrational 23. (1), (2), (4)

In 24–43, part a, answers will vary depending on thenumber of digits in the calculator display.24. a. 2.236067977 25. a. 2.645751311

b. 2.236 b. 2.646c. 2.24 c. 2.65

26. a. 4.358898944 27. a. 8.660254038b. 4.359 b. 8.660c. 4.36 c. 8.66

28. a. 7.937253933 29. a. 9.486832981b. 7.937 b. 9.487c. 7.94 c. 9.49

30. a. �3.741657387 31. a. �4.69041576b. �3.742 b. �4.690c. �3.74 c. �4.69

32. a. .4472135955 33. a. .5477225575b. 0.447 b. 0.548c. 0.45 c. 0.55

34. a. 3.464101615 35. a. 4b. 3.464 b. 4.000c. 3.46 c. 4.00

36. a. 1.374368542 37. a. 1.047197551b. 1.374 b. 1.047c. 1.37 c. 1.05

38. a. .4123105626 39. a. �9.055385138b. 0.412 b. �9.055c. 0.41 c. �9.06

40. a. 2.549509757 41. a. �7.416198487b. 2.550 b. �7.416c. 2.55 c. �7.42

42. a. 41.61730409 43. a. 15.5241747b. 41.617 b. 15.524c. 41.62 c. 15.52

44. a. 2.999824b.

45. a. 9.998244 b. 10.004569c. The better approximation for is 3.162.

; the value obtained in part a is0.001756 from 10, which is closer than thevalue in part b, which is 0.004569 from 10.

46. a. 7� 47. a. 15� 48. a. 72�b. 21.99 b. 47.12 b. 226.19

49. a. � 50. a. 3 � or �

b. 1.57 b. 10.47

103

13

12

A"10 B 2 5 10"10

"3

291

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 291

Page 31: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

51. False; since � 2, we know that � �

2 � 2 � 4, and 4 � .52. False; is approximately 4.24, so �

is approximately 8.48. � 6, which is less than8.48.

Hands-On Activitya. 1 sq ft b. 2 sq ft c. ft; irrationald. About 1 ft 5 inches (1.4 ft or 17 inches); rationale. The answers should be very close but not exactly

the same. It is impossible to measure an irrationallength, so the measurement in part d is actuallyan estimate.

1-4 The Real Numbers (pages 27–28)Writing About Mathematics

1. The first statement includes only countingnumbers since you would not have a fractional(or negative) number of persons in your family.The second statement includes all positiverational numbers less than 6, since measurementscan be fractional. Both statements includenumbers less than 6 but greater than 0.

2. No. The calculator approximates as3.16227766 and � as 3.141592654. Looking atthe hundredths digit, we can see that isgreater than �.

3. Irrational. The decimal does not terminate andthe pattern of decimal digits does not repeatinfinitely; therefore, the number is irrational.

Developing Skills4. a. 1, 2 b. 0, 1, 2 c. �2, �1, 0, 1, 2

d. , �2, �1, �0.63, 0, , 1, 2

e. , , ,f. All numbers shown

5. a.b.c. All

6. a. None b. All c. All7. 2.5 8. 8 9.

10. 0.23 11. 12. �5.613. 0.43 14. 0. 15. �

16. 17. 18.19. 0.202 � 0.2022 � 20. � 0.4499 � 0.4521. � � 22. � �1.5 �23. 0.5 � � 24. � � �25. False 26. True 27. True28. False 29. True 30. False31. True 32. False 33. False34. True

"103.150.5"0.32"22"30.670.6670.6

0.40.2

227"2"0.5

20.7

0.2

"2, "3, "5, "6, "7, "8"0, "1, "4, "9

"6p2"0.52"3

1322.7

"10

"10

"2

"36"18"18"18

"8"4"4"4 Hands-On Activity

a. Results will vary.b. Results will vary.c. Results should be close to �.

1-5 Numbers as Measurements (page 33)Writing About Mathematics

1. The measure 12.50 in. is more precise because12.50 is correct to the nearest hundredth with anerror of 0.005 in. whereas 12.5 ft is only correctto the nearest tenth with an error of 0.05 in.12.50 in. is more accurate because it has threesignificant digits whereas 12.5 in. has only twosignificant digits.

2. Mario is correct.To calculate the distance he rodehis bike, Mario multiplied 10(2� � 63 m).The onlyinexact measurement involved was 63 meters,which has two significant digits, so his distancetraveled should also have two significant digits.

Developing Skills3. a. 2 significant digits 4. a. 3 significant digits

b. ones b. hundredthsc. 0.5 in. c. 0.005 cm

5. a. 2 significant digits 6. a. 3 significant digitsb. hundreds b. onesc. 50 ft c. 0.5 lb

7. a. 2 significant digits 8. a. 3 significant digitsb. ten-thousandths b. hundredthsc. 0.00005 kg c. 0.005 yd

9. a. 4 significant digits 10. a. 1 significant digitb. thousandths b. hundredsc. 0.0005 m c. 50 mi

11. a. 57 in. 12. a. 2.50 ftb. 4,250 in. b. 2.50 ft

13. a. 0.0003 g 14. a. 0.055 mb. 32 g b. 0.055 m

Applying Skills15. a. 18.1 ft 16. a. 59.0 ft

b. 328 sq ft b. 6,200 sq ft17. 33.0 in. 18. 250 cm2

Review Exercises (pages 35–36)1. 434.06 2. 4.22 3. 149.574. 14.70 5. 37.70 6. �5 � �1 � 37. True 8. False 9. False

10. False 11. 12.13. 14. 15.16. 17. Answers will vary.

Example: 19.9518. Rational 19. Irrational 20. Rational21. Irrational 22. Irrational

2631

13

141

172

920

910

292

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:37 AM Page 292

Page 32: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

In 23–27, part a, answers will vary depending on thenumber of digits in the calculator display.23. a. 3.31662479 24. a. .8366600265

b. 3.32 b. 0.8425. a. 30.08321791 26. a. 39.98749805

b. 30.08 b. 39.9927. a. 3.141592654 28. 5

b. 3.1429. �12� � ��8� 30. 3.2 31. 0.432. 0.12 33. True 34. False35. False 36. True 37. True38.

39. A � �1, B � �0.5, C � 0, D � 0.5, E � 1,F � 1.5, G � 2, H � 2.5, I � 3, J � 3.5

–3 –1.5 0 1 4�

40. a. F and G b. A and B c. E and Fd. I and J e. G and H

41. a. 1400 cm b. No

Exploration (page 36)Answers will vary.a. 5.566566656666 . . .b. 5.556555655556 . . . , 5.565565556 . . . ,

5.6565565556 . . .c. 5.555655556555556 . . . , 5.556555655556 . . . ,

5.556655666556666 . . .d. 5.5565565556 . . . , 5.55665666566665 . . . ,

5.5566655666555666 . . .

293

2-1 Order of Operations (pages 43–44)Writing About Mathematics

1. Any even number greater than 2 will have atleast three factors, itself, 1, and 2, and is thereforecomposite.

2. No. Numbers that end in a multiple of 3 are notnecessarily divisible by 3, so it is possible forthem to have only two factors. Examples include:13, 19, 23, and 29.

Developing Skills3. a. The sum of 6 and 1 is to be added to 20; 27

b. Add 20 and 6, then add 1 to that result; 274. a. The sum of 4 and 3 is to be subtracted from

18; 11b. Subtract 4 from 18, then add 3 to that result; 17

5. a. The difference of 3 and 0.5 is to be subtractedfrom 12; 9.5

b. Subtract 3 from 12, then subtract 0.5 from thatresult; 8.5

6. a. Multiply 15 by the sum of 2 and 1; 45b. Multiply 15 by 2, then add 1; 31

7. a. The sum of 12 and 8 is to be divided by 4; 5b. The quotient of 8 and 4 is to be added to 12; 14

8. a. Divide 48 by the difference of 8 and 4; 12b. Divide 48 by 8, then subtract 4 from that

result; 29. a. Add the square of 5 to 7; 32

b. Square the sum of 7 and 5; 14410. a. Multiply 4 by the square of 3; 36

b. Square the product of 4 and 3; 14411. No.The expression in the numerator is divided by

the expression in the denominator: (10 � 15) �(5 � 3) � 10. Noella’s expression, 10 � 15 � 5 � 3,equals 90.

12. a. 25, 125, 625 13. a. 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625b. 54 b. 0.52

14. a. 0.25, 0.36, 0.49 15. a. 1.21, 1.44, 1.69b. 0.72 b. 1.32

16. a. 1, 2, 41, 82 17. a. 1, 101b. Composite b. Prime

18. a. 1, 71 19. a. 1, 3, 5, 15b. Prime b. Composite

20. a. 1 21. a. 1, 2, 4, 8, 101, 202,b. Neither 404, 808

b. Composite22. a. 1, 67 23. a. 1, 397

b. Prime b. PrimeApplying Skills24. 2 � 0.28 � 3 � 0.28 or (2 � 3) � 0.28; $1.4025. 2 � 0.30 � 3 � 0.25; $1.3526. 30 � � 55 � 1 ; 105 mi27. 2 � 0.38 � 3 � 0.69; $2.8328. 5 � 0.29 � 3 � 0.75 � 1.75; $5.4529. $3.21 30. 9 years31. Answers will vary.

a. 3 � 2 � 1 � 4 b. 1 � 3 � 1 � 4c. (1 � 2) � 3 � 4 � 5 d. (4 � 3 � 2) � 1 � 5e. (6 � 6 � 6) � 6 � 5 f. (6 � 6) � 6 � 6 � 6

2-2 Property of Operations (pages 53–54)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. y � 1; the multiplication property of one saysthat the product of any number and one is thenumber itself.

b. x � 0; the multiplication property of zero saysthat the product of zero and any number is zero.

2. The distributive property of multiplication overaddition allows us to say that 0.75(2 � 3) �0.75(2) � 0.75(3).

12

34

Chapter 2. Operations and Properties

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 293

Page 33: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills3. a. 9 b. 0 c. 9

d. 0 e. f.

g. 1 h. 4.5 i.

j. 0 k. l. 04. a. 8 b. Commutative property of addition5. a. 5 b. Commutative property of

multiplication6. a. 15 b. Associative property of

multiplication7. a. 6 b. Distributive property of

multiplication over addition8. a. 0.2 b. Associative property of addition9. a. 4 b. Addition property of zero

10. a. 7 b. Commutative property ofmultiplication

11. a. 9 b. Commutative property ofmultiplication

12. a. 0 b. Addition property of zero13. a. 1 b. Multiplication property of one14. a. �17 15. a. �1 16. a. 10

b. b. 1 b.17. a. �2.5 18. a. 1.8 19. a.

b. or 0.4 b. b. 920. a. 21. a. � 22. a.

b. b. b.23. a. �1.78 24. a. 25. a.

b. b. 11 b.26. Correct27. Incorrect;28. Incorrect; addition is not distributive over

multiplication.29. Correct 30. Correct 31. Correct32. a. True 33. a. False 34. a. False

b. Yes b. No b. No35. a. True 36. a. True 37. a. False

b. Yes b. Yes b. No38. a. False 39. a. True

b. No b. Yes40. Answers will vary.

a. 3 � (2 � 1) � 3 � 3b. 4 � 3 � (2 � 2) � 3c. (8 � 8 � 8 � 8) � 8 � 8d. 3 � 3 � 3 � (3 � 3) � 1e. 3 � (3 � 3) � (3 � 3) � 0f. 0 � (12 � 3 � 16 � 8) � 0

Applying Skills41. Steve can calculate a 15% tip by adding 10% of

the fare and 5% of the fare using the distributiveproperty of multiplication over addition.

10 A 12 1 15 B 5 10 3 1

2 1 10 3 15

71218

5089

23 571

111

73 or 21

321p

37

237221

3

259 or 20.52

5

219

2 110

117

"5

"7

23

23

42. a. Commutative property of multiplicationb. $17.50

2-3 Addition of Signed Numbers (pages 58–59)Writing About Mathematics

1. Negative.The sum is the difference of the absolutevalues of the numbers.

2. Positive. The sum of two negative numbers isnegative, so one number must be positive.

3. Positive.A positive number must be added in orderfor this sum to be larger than the negative number.

4. Negative. The sum of two positive numbers ispositive, so one number must be negative.

5. Yes.Answers will vary. Example: (�5) � (�8) ��13

Developing Skills6. �10 7. �5 8. 09. �10 10. �2 11. �45

12. �12 13. 0 14. �0.6915. 16. 17.18. �9 19. �35 20.21. 22. 23. 024. �1 25. �7 26. 0.627. 25.4Applying Skills28. �2° C 29. 19th floor 30. �3 yd31. �$230 32. �$0.98

2-4 Subtraction of Signed Numbers(pages 62–63)Writing About Mathematics

1. The expression can have either meaning since �8 � 12 � �8 � (�12) � �4.

2. The difference plus the subtrahend should equalthe minuend.

Developing Skills3. �12 4. �174 5. �146. �5.1 7. �3.43 8. �539. 10. 11. �32

12. �1.56 13. �81 14. �5915. 16. �3 17. �11118. �64 19. �25 20. �2721. �3 22. �12 23. �2624. �15 25. a. False

b. False26. a. No

b. Yes. The values are equal, both 0, when x � y.c. They are opposites.d. No

215912

157123

4

232121121

2

23858

157123

421323

294

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 294

Page 34: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

27. a. False 28. No. Problem 27 gives two b. False counter-examples.

Applying Skills29. a. �3° 30. �110 m 31. 185 points

b. �28°c. �12°d. �16°

32. 114° 33. 0.25 km

2-5 Multiplication of Signed Numbers (page 67)Writing About Mathematics

1. Javier must first multiply two of the negativenumbers, which will result in a positive number.Then he must multiply this positive number bythe third negative number, and the product ofa positive number and a negative number isnegative; (�5)(�4)(�2) � (�20)(�2) � �40

2. Since �3(�4) is the opposite of 3(�4), its productis the opposite of 12, or �12.

Developing Skills3. �102 4. �162 5. �2436. �345 7. �16 8. �3.249. �0.13 10. 11.

12. 13. �360 14. �0.37215. �112 16. �120 17. �518. �2 19. �9 20. �921. �125 22. �16 23. �1624. �16 25. �0.25 26. �0.2527. �0.25 28. 2729. Distributive property of multiplication over addition30. Commutative property of addition31. Associative property of addition32. Zero property of addition33. Commutative property of multiplication34. Associative property of multiplication

2-6 Division of Signed Numbers (pages 70–71)Writing About Mathematics

1. The quotients are reciprocals.2. Yes, if x and y are opposites.

Developing Skills

3. 4. 5. 16. �1 7. �2 8. �109. 10. 11. �7

12. �3 13. �1 14. 015. 16. �30 17. �0.118. �10 19. �40 20. Undefined21. �2 22. 50 23. �3624. 25. 26. 1

224321

8

113

11x24

3

21511

6

24623

1278255

9

27. a. False 28. a. Trueb. False b. Truec. False c. False

d. False

2-7 Operations with Sets (page 74)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. If two lines are parallel, their intersection isthe empty set.

2. No. The number 1 is a member of the countingnumbers. However, it is neither a prime numbernor a composite number, so it does not belong totheir union.

Developing Skills3. {3} 4. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} 5. {1, 3}6. {1, 2, 3, 4, 6} 7. {3, 4, 6} 8. {1, 3, 4, 5, 6}9. {3, 4, 5, 6} 10. or { } 11. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}

12. {2, 3, 4} 13. {1, 3, 4} 14. {1, 3, 4, 5}15. {1, 2, 5} 16. {5} 17. {1, 3, 4, 5}18. {3, 4} 19. {1, 2, 3, 4} 20. {2, 4, 8}21. {2, 6, 8} 22. or { } 23. a. 5 b. 3

c. 2 d. 024. a. � {4, 6, 10} b. � {2, 8, 12}

c. � {2, 6, 8, 12} d. � {4, 10}25. a. (1) A y B � ; y � ; x � U

(2) A y B � ; y � {1, 3, 5, 7}; x � U(3) A y B � ; y � ; x � U(4) A y B � ; y � {1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8};

x � Ub. The set y is the intersection of the

complement of A and the complement of B.c. If A and B are disjoint, x is equal to the

universe, U.

2-8 Graphing Number Pairs (page 80–81)Writing About Mathematics

1.

The length of AC � 5 � (�2) � 5 � 2 � 7,so the length of BC is 7 units long. Since �C

y

x

1O

1–1–1

B(5, 3)

C(5, –4)A(–2, –4)

BA

BABA

BABABA

BABABABA

BBAA

295

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 295

Page 35: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

is a right angle, BC must be perpendicular toAC, or parallel to the y-axis. 7 units verticallyfrom point C is (5, 3) or (5, �11). Point B isin quadrant I, so it has coordinates (5, 3).

2.

Phyllis can find the areas of �DEF and �DGF.In �DEF, base DF � 3 � (�2) � 3 � 2 � 5and height OE � 5 � 0 � 5. Then the area of�DEF � (5)(5) � 12.5. In �DFG, base DF � 5 and height OG � 4 � 0 � 4. Then thearea of �DFG � (5)(4) � 10. The area ofDEFG � area of �DEF � area of �DFG �

12.5 � 10 � 22.5 square units.Developing Skills

3. A(1, 2)B(�2, 1)C(�2, �1)D(2, �2)E(2, 0)F(0, 1)G(�1, 0)H(0, �2)O(0, 0)

4–15.

16. I 17. III 18. II19. IV 20. I

(5, 7)(1, 6)

(0, 4)

(0, 0) (5, 0)

(4, –4)

(2, –6)(0, –6)(–4, –5)

(–3, 0)

(–3, 2)

(–8, 5)

x

y

O–1–1

1

1

12

12

y

x

E(0, 5)

D(3, 0)

G(0, –4)

F(–2, 0) O1

–1–1

1

21. Graphs will vary; 0

22. Graphs will vary; 0

23. (0, 0)Applying Skills24. a.

b. Right triangle c. 14 sq units25. a.

b. Rectangle c. 20 sq units

y

x

S R

P Q

1

1O

y

x

C

BAO

1

–1–1 1

y

x

(0, 2)

(0, 0)

(0, –5)

O–1–1

1

1

y

x

(4, 0)(1, 0)(–3, 0) 1

–1–1 1O

296

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 296

Page 36: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

26. a.

b. Parallelogram c. 20 sq units27. a.

b. Square c. 16 sq units28. a.

b. Isosceles triangle c. 21 sq units29. a.

b. Trapezoid c. 24 sq units

y

x

R

F

A

M

–1 1O–1

y

x

N

H

E

–1 1O

y

x

E M

H O

1

–1

y

x

L A

F C

1

–1–1 1O

30. a.

b. Rectangle c. 20 sq units31. a.

b. Parallelogram c. 6 sq units32. a.

b. Right triangle c. 10 sq units33. a.

b. Square c. 16 sq units

y

x

L

M

K

I

1

1O

y

x

A

M

RO

–1–1

1

1

y

x

N

O

D

P –1–1

y

x

N

A

R

B

–1

1

1O

297

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 297

Page 37: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

34. (1, 4)

35. R(�1, �1), S(2, �1) or R(�1, �7), S(2, �7)

36. a.

b. 24 sq units37. a.

b. 6 sq units

y

x

LA

N P

E T

y

xSA

T

R

O1

–1–1 1

y

x

QP

O1

–1–1 1

y

x

C

A BO

1

–1–1 1

Review Exercises (pages 83–84)1. 8 2. �68 3. �64. �4 5. 0.0256 6. 1007. 196 8. 569. 2; commutative property of addition

10. 2; associative property of addition11. 1; multiplication property of one12. 0; multiplication property of zero13. 5; distributive property of multiplication over

addition14. 5; commutative property of multiplication15. {2, 4} 16. {1, 2, 4, 5, 6} 17. {3, 6}18. {6} 19. or { } 20. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}21. {1, 5} 22. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} 23. {3}24. {1, 3, 5, 6} 25. 0 26. 1227. �1.3 28. �1 29. 2330. 2 31. 125 32. 733. g 34. h 35. a36. e 37. b 38. d39. f 40. c 41. a. 23,232

b. 12,22142. a. B(3, �4), D(�2, 5)

b. 45 sq units43. a. �15

b. 8c. No. Since R is an integer and �4 is an integer,

or must be an integer.There is nocombination of R and W that will make S � �4.

d. Yes. There are many possible combinations:R � 8, W � 48; R � 7, W � 44; R � 6, W � 40;R � 5, W � 36; etc.

44. 30 � 5 � 8 � 17 � 3 � 47-yard line

Exploration (page 85)STEP 1. 23,568 � 20,000 � 3,000 � 500 � 60 � 8

� 2 � 10,000 � 3 � 1,000 � 5 � 100� 6 � 10 � 8

STEP 2. 2 � 10,000 � 3 � 1,000 � 5 � 100 � 6 � 10 � 8� 2 � (9,999 � 1) � 3 � (999 � 1) �

5 � (99 � 1) � 6 � (9 � 1) � 8

60 2 R4

W4

y

x

CD

A B

O1

–1–1 1

298

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 298

Page 38: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

STEP 3. 2 � (9,999 � 1) � 3 � (999 � 1) � 5 � (99 � 1)� 6 � (9 � 1) � 8� (2 � 9,999 � 2) � (3 � 999 � 3) �

(5 � 99 � 5) � (6 � 9 � 6) � 8STEP 4. (2 � 9,999 � 2) � (3 � 999 � 3) � (5 � 99 � 5)

� (6 � 9 � 6) � 8� (2 � 9,999 � 3 � 999 � 5 � 99 � 6 � 9)

� (2 � 3 � 5 � 6 � 8)STEP 5. The expression involving the digit terms and

the original number have the same digits.STEP 6. The expression involving the 9s is divisible

by 3 because it is the sum of products thatare divisible by 3. Each product is divisibleby 3 because it is a multiple of a numbercomposed entirely of 9s.

STEP 7. Yes. The expression involving 9s will alwaysbe divisible by 3. The sum of two numbersdivisible by 3 is also divisible by 3.Therefore, if the expression involving thedigit terms is divisible by 3, the entireexpression will be divisible by 3.

STEP 8. A number is divisible by 3 if the sum of itsdigits is divisible by 3.

Cumulative Review (pages 85–87)Part I

1. 3 2. 3 3. 34. 1 5. 4 6. 37. 2 8. 1 9. 3

10. 4Part II11. {$4.91, $4.92, $4.93, . . . , $4.99}; this is a finite set

because there are exactly 9 members. Mrs. Lingcannot spend a partial cent.

12. 16 players; seven teams have the minimumnumber of players and the eighth team has therest: 7 � 12 � 84, 100 � 84 � 16

Part III13. a. Even counting numbers or add 2 to the

previous number in the sequence

b. Sum of the previous two numbers in thesequence

c. Sum of the previous three numbers in thesequence or sum of all previous numbers inthe sequence

14. 4(�7 � 3) � 8 � (�2 � 6)2

� 4(�4) � 8 � (4)2

� 4(�4) � 8 � 16� �16 ��

Part IV15. In �ABC, base � 5 � (�2) � 5 � 2 � 7 and

height � 4 � (�3) � 4 � 3 � 7. Therefore, the area of �ABC � square units.

16. Diagram is optional.

a. 50 personsb. 90 personsc. 70 persons

6:00 11:00

9050

70

40

y

x

C

A B

O1

–1 1

12(7)(7) 5 24.5

21612

12

299

3-1 Using Letters to Represent Numbers(page 91)Writing About Mathematics

1. Addition is commutative.2. Subtraction is not commutative.

Developing Skills3. y � 8 4. 4 � r 5. 7x6. x � 7 or 7x 7. or x � 10 8. or 10 � x10

xx10

9. c � 6 10. 11. xy

12. d � 5 13. or 8 � y 14. y � 10 or 10y

15. w � t 16. 17. 2(p � q)18. m � 4 19. 5x � 2 20. 10 � 2a21. n � 2 22. n � 20 23. 8 � n24. n � 6 25. n � 2 26. 3n27. 28. 4n � 3 29. 2n � 330. 10n � 2 31. b � 100 32. h � 233. 0.39n 34. d

12

34n or 3n

4

13z or z3

8y

110w or w

10

Chapter 3. Algebraic Expressions and Open Sentences

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 299

Page 39: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

3-2 Translating Verbal Phrases Into Symbols(pages 93–94)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. d � bb. No; Examples will vary: If d � 5 and b � 2,

d � b � 2.5.2. a. c � x

b. n(c � x)c. No. In part a, if x does not divide into c evenly,

you will get a decimal answer. In part b, if xdoes not divide into c or n evenly, you willget a decimal answer. However, these answersare only applicable if we allow for fractions ofa penny.

Developing Skills3. x � 200 4. 1,000 � d 5. 5x6. 7. c � 12 8. 100 � x9. 0.39x 10. tg 11. 45 � x

12. c � d 13. 250 � y 14. c � 2515. w � 8 16. 2x � 3 17. 550h18. 5r 19. a. 7w � 5

b. 7w � d

Applying Skills20. or c � m 21. 6x � 14y22. 0.45 � 0.09(m � 3)23. 0.75 � 0.06(c � 8)24. 5.00 � 0.75(6) �0.55(g � 9)

3-3 Algebraic Terms and Vocabulary (pages 96–97)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes; (ab)2 � (ab)(ab) � (ab)(ba) � a(bb)a �(aa)(bb) � a2b2

2. No. Examples will vary: (1 � 2)2 � 32 � 9;12 � 22 � 5

Developing Skills3. x, y, xy 4. 3, a, 3a5. 7, m, n, 7m, 7n, mn, 7mn6. s, t, st 7. 8 8. 79. 10. 1 11. �1.4

12. 7 13. 3.4 14. �115. Base � m, exponent � 216. Base � s, exponent � 317. Base � t, exponent � 118. Base � �a, exponent � 419. Base � 10, exponent � 620. Base � 5y, exponent � 421. Base � x � y, exponent � 522. Base � c, exponent � 323. b5 24. �r2 25. a4b2

26. 7r3s2 27. (6ab)3 28. (a � b)3

12

cm

l2

29. (m � 2n)4 30. r � r � r � r � r � r31. 5 � x � x � x � x32. 4 � a � a � a � a � b � b33. 3y � 3y � 3y � 3y � 3y34. Coefficient � �3, base � k, exponent � 135. Coefficient � �1, base � k, exponent � 336. Coefficient � �, base � r, exponent � 237. Coefficient � 1, base � ax, exponent � 5

38. Coefficient � , base � y, exponent � 139. Coefficient � 0.0004, base � t, exponent � 1240. Coefficient � , base � a, exponent � 441. Coefficient � 1, base � �b, exponent � 3Applying Skills42. Cost of 5 cans of soda43. 3 times the speed of a car or distance traveled

at r mph in 3 hours44. Number of Alice’s CDs after she gave away 545. Number of weeks until the end of the year46. Perimeter of the square47. Diameter of the circle48. Number of months in the school year49. Cost of 1 bottle of water50. Score for 7 field goals

3-4 Writing Algebraic Expressions inWords (pages 99–100)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. (4 � n) � (4 � n) � 8 booksb. The domain is the set of whole numbers

greater than or equal to 0 but less than orequal to 4 so that both 4 � n and 4 � n willbe positive whole numbers.

2. Yes, 0.01 represents one cent and x would allow usto have whole number multiples of one cent. Every-thing we buy costs some multiple of one penny.

Developing SkillsIn 3–14, answers will vary.

3. a. The second route is 0.2 miles shorter than thefirst.

b. The set of real numbers greater than 0.24. a. The cans of soda in the machine are $0.15

more expensive than the cans at the store.b. The set of whole numbers greater than 0

5. a. Alexander did homework for 10 minutes morethan 3 times the number of minutes he spentreading.

b. The set of real numbers greater than or equalto 0

6. a. The length of a rectangle is 8 meters morethan twice its width.

b. The set of rational numbers greater than 0

32

"2

300

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 300

Page 40: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

7. a. Abby’s lunch is the length, in hours, of herclasses and her sports are the length, inhours, of her classes.

b. The set of rational numbers greater than orequal to 0

8. a. Jen’s drive to and from work takes thenumber of hours she spends at work.

b. The set of rational numbers greater than orequal to 0

9. a. Her son’s golf score was 10 strokes higherAlicia’s.

b. The set of whole numbers greater than orequal to 18

10. a. Tom paid 30 cents more than 5 times the costof a pen for a notebook.

b. The set of whole numbers greater than 011. a. Dominic’s essay had 80 more than the

number of words in Seema’s.b. The set of whole number multiples of 4

12. a. Anna read 5 fewer than 3 times the number ofbooks Virginia read.

b. The set of whole numbers greater than orequal to 2

13. a. Mario’s score is 220 less than Pete’s.b. The set of integers

14. a. Agatha now walks 10 fewer than 3 times thenumber of minutes she used to walk.

b. The set of rational numbers greater than 3

3-5 Evaluating Algebraic Expressions (pages 103–104)Writing About Mathematics

1. a and b represent different values in differentproblems. 12 always has the same value.

2. Parentheses were needed to clearly indicatemultiplication. Otherwise, one might interpretthe problem as 50 � 37 as opposed to 50 � 3 � 7.

Developing Skills3. 40 4. �2 5. 0.156. 11 7. �8 8. 1289. �6 10. �21 11. �3.5

12. �36 13. 2 14. �1.215. �48 16. 2.25 17. 218. 91 19. 64 20. 621. �26 22. �0.72 23. 8.524. �12 25. �16,807 26. 127. 31Applying Skills28. a. $35.50 29. a. $66.25 30. a. 46 ft

b. $75.50 b. $403.75 b. 124 ftc. $42.20 c. 234 ft

13

34

112

13

16 31. a. $9.60 32. a. 60 shrubs

b. $14.60 b. 112 shrubsc. $26.70

3-6 Open Sentences and Solution Sets(pages 106–107)Writing About MathematicsIn 1–3, answers will vary

1. {0, 1, 2, 3} or {real numbers less than or equal to 5}2. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}3. {real numbers greater than 5}

Developing Skills4. True sentence 5. Open sentence6. Algebraic expression 7. True sentence8. Open sentence 9. True sentence

10. Algebraic expression 11. Open sentence12. x 13. y 14. r 15. a16. {4} 17. {�5, �4, �3, �2, �1,

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}18. {3} 19. or { }20. {�5, �4, �3, �2, �1, 21. or { }

0, 1, 2, 3}22. {�5, �4, �3, �2, �1} 23. {�5, �4, �3}24. a. {1, 2, 3, . . . , 10} 25. a. {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}

b. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} b. {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or c. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or

7 pencils 5 cans26. a. {whole numbers}

b. {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}c. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 times

3-7 Writing Formulas (pages 108–110)Writing About Mathematics

1. Agree. In a recipe, adding specific ingredientstogether equals a new product.

2. a. No. An algebraic expression does not state anequality; there is no equal sign.

b. Yes. Every sentence that contains a variable isan open sentence.

Developing Skills3. l � 10m 4. S � c � m 5. P � 2l � 2w6. m � 7. A � bh 8. A � s2

9. V � e3 10. S � 6e2 11. S � 4�r2

12. r � or 13. F � 32 � 14. C � (F � 32)r � d � t

15. D � dq � r 16. T � 0.08v 17. F � s � 0.02v

Applying Skills18. a. C � 20 � dn b. $80 c. $20

59

95Cd

t

12

a 1 b 1 c3

301

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 301

Page 41: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

19. a. C � x if m � 3;C � x � y(m � 3) if m � 3

b. $0.25 c. $0.6020. a. D � a if p � 1;

D � a � b(p � 1) if p � 1b. $1.00 c. $3.40

21. a. P � 0.12n if n � 25,000;P � 3,000 � 0.15(n � 25,000) if n � 25,000

b. $2,520 c. $3,75022. a. B � 25s if s � 20

b. B � 400 � 65(s � 20) if s � 20c. $450 d. $725

23. a. E � 0 b. E � 0.25(c � 36)c. 44 cookies

Review Exercises (pages 111–113)1. An algebraic expression has no sign of equality

or inequality, whereas an open sentence does.2. In the term 2a2, 2 is not squared because it is the

coefficient of the power a2. In the term (2a)2, 2 issquared because it is part of the base.

3. or x � b 4. r � 4 5. q � d6. 2g � 3 7. 475 8. 259. 35 10. 0 11.

12. 13. 14. 2515. C � 5n � 25q 16. 2 17. 318. y 19. d � rt 20. 48.521. 49 22. 48.423. a. 5 fewer than twice the winning team’s runs

b. 4 to 3 or 3 to 1; yes c. 3 and 424. a. {counting numbers} b. {1}25. Let C represent the cost of delivery and

m represent the number of miles.C � 25 � 3m if m � 10;C � 55 � 4.5(m � 10) if m � 10

26. a. 14b. Each term in the list is found by adding 3 to

the term before it.c. 74

27. 3 is prime; 6 is even; 9 is a perfect square; 35 isdivisible by 5.

28. 2

Exploration (page 113)STEP 1. Results will vary.STEP 2. Results will vary.STEP 3. If the sum of the hundreds digit and the

ones digit is equal to the tens digit, or if thesum minus 11 is equal to the tens digit, thenthe number is a multiple of 11.

STEP 4. Results will vary.STEP 5. Results will vary.

21423

8

365 or 71

5

xb

STEP 6. Add the hundreds digit and the ones digit.Add the thousands digit and the tens digit.If either sum is greater than or equal to 11,subtract 11. If the two revised sums areequal, then the number is a multiple of 11.

STEP 7. Add the even digits and the odd digits. Ifeither sum is greater than or equal to 11,subtract 11. Repeat this process as neededuntil the sum is greater than or equal to 0and less than 11. If the two revised sums areequal, then the number is divisible by 11.

Cumulative Review (pages 114–115)Part I

1. 4 2. 2 3. 3 4. 3 5. 46. 4 7. 4 8. 3 9. 1 10. 1

Part II11. 32 students; diagram is optional.

12. 716,539; 83 � 89 � 97 � 716,539Part III

13. 68.7 cm2;14. a. Add 1 to the first number, 2 to the second

number, 3 to the third number, . . .b. Double the previous number, or add 1 to the

sum of all numbers before it.c. Add 1 to the first number, add (or multiply)

2 to the second number, add 1 to the thirdnumber, . . .

Part IV15. 15; � 3(b � 2) � � 3(�5 �2)

� � 3 � � 7 � 36 � �21� 15

16. Let M represent all the material. Then represents the skirt. The vest is represented by .

a. yd;

b.

c. 334 yd; 12 A 15

2 B 5 154 or 33

4

212 yd; 13 A 15

2 B 5 52 or 21

2

M 2 12M 2 13M 5 54

16M 5 54

M 5 152 or 71

2

712

23 A 1

2M B 5 13M

12M

1213

7 2 (25)13

a 2 bc

"34 (12.6)2 5

"34 ? 158.76 < 68.7

Fiction Nonfiction

23

22

32 3

302

Page 42: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

303

4-1 Solving Equations Using More ThanOne Operation (pages 121–122)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. The sum of 2 times a positive number and 5cannot be 0; 2x � 5 � 5 � 0 � 5, so 2x � �5 andx must be negative.

2. a. Yes, x � � ; the next step would be toadd to both sides (or subtract fromboth sides).

b. Answers will vary.Developing SkillsIn 3–4, answers will vary.

3. 3x � 5 � 35 Given(3x � 5) � (�5) � 35 � (�5) Addition property

of equality3x � [5 � (�5)] � 35 � (�5) Associative prop-

erty of addition3x � 0 � 30 Additive inverse

property3x � 30 Addition property

of zero Multiplicationproperty of equalityAssociative property ofmultiplication

1x � 10 Multiplicativeinverse property

x � 10 Multiplicativeidentity property

4. GivenDefinition ofsubtractionAddition propertyof equalityAssociative prop-erty of additionAdditive inversepropertyAddition propertyof zeroMultiplicationproperty of equalityAssociative propertyof multiplication

1x � 32 Multiplicativeinverse property

x � 32 Multiplicativeidentity property

C2 A 12 B Dx 5 2(16)

2 A 12x B 5 2(16)

12x 5 16

12x 1 0 5 16

12x 1 f(21) 1 1g 5 15 1 1

C12x 1 (21) D 1 1 5 15 1 1

12x 1 (21) 5 15

12x 2 1 5 15

C13(3) Dx 5 13(30)

13(3x) 5 1

3(30)

157215

7

717

157

5. a � 8 6. c � 3 7. x � 28. t � 9. a � 12 10. d � �2

11. y � 7 12. a � 32 13. x � �1214. y � 16 15. t � 18 16. m � �5017. m � 9 18. a � �16 19. y � �2520. d � 2 21. a � 1.2 22. t � 1.423. x � �24 24. y � �12 25. t � 5026. c � �40 27. x � 28. c �

29. x � 13 30. r � 1.25 31. w � �2432. m � 9Applying Skills33. 15° C 34. $4.95 35. 187 mi36. 24 stamps

4-2 Simplifying Each Side of an Equation(pages 127–128)Writing About Mathematics

1. Irene uses x to represent the smaller number whileHenry uses x to represent the larger number.

2. It is impossible to determine the answer.If x � 13.5, then x is the smaller number and27 � x is the larger number. If x � 13.5, thenx and 27 � x have the same value. If x � 13.5,then x is the larger number and 27 � x is thesmaller number.

Developing Skills3. x � 13 4. x � 25 5. x �

6. c � 20 7. x � �4 8. x � �139. x � 2 10. y � 19 11. c � 4

12. c � �2 13. y � �5 14. c � 715. t � 8 16. x � 3 17. m � 1518. x � 11 19. b � 9 20. c � 321. r � 2 22. b � 4 23. m �24. y � 1 25. a � �17 26. r � 527. a � 2 28. x � 4Applying SkillsIn 29–33, answers to parts a–e and g will vary.29. a. 6 yd of material; difference between lengths of

pieces is 1.5 ydb. x � shorter piece of materialc. x � 1.5 � longer piece of materiald. x � (x � 1.5) � 6e. x � 2.25f. 2.25 yd, 3.75 ydg. 2.25 yd � 3.75 yd � 6 yd;

3.75 yd � 2.25 yd � 1.5 yd30. a. Won 8 games more than lost; played 78 games

b. x � games lostc. x � 8 � games won

73

35

67

12

13

213

Chapter 4. First-Degree Equations and Inequalities in One Variable

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 303

Page 43: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

d. x � (x � 8) � 78e. x � 35f. 35 gamesg. 78 games � 35 games lost � 43 games won;

43 games won � 35 games lost � 831. a. Saved $20 more this month than last month;

saved total of $70b. x � saved last monthc. x � 20 � saved this monthd. x � (x � 20) � 70e. x � 25f. $25 last month, $45 this monthg. $45 this month � $25 last month � $20;

$25 � $45 � $7032. a. 100 passengers on 3 buses; 2 buses carry

4 fewer passengers than third busb. x � passengers on the third busc. x � 4 � passengers on other busesd. x � 2(x � 4) � 100e. x � 36f. 36 passengers, 32 passengers, 32 passengersg. 36 � 32 � 32 � 100 passengers;

32 passengers � 36 � 4 passengers33. a. of the seats were filled; 31,000 empty seats

b. x � seating capacityc. x � filled seatsd. x � 31,000 � xe. x � 155,000f. 155,000 seatsg. (31,000 seats) � 124,000 filled seats;

155,000 seats � 124,000 filled seats � 31,000empty seats

4-3 Solving Equations That Have theVariable in Both Sides (pages 132–133)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. Milus is using the multiplication property ofequality.

2. Yes;Developing Skills

3. x � 2 4. x � 4 5. c � 76. y � �10 7. d � �12 8. y � �89. m � 40 10. y � 9 11. x � �18

12. x � 96 13. a � 20 14. c � �2715. x � 9 16. m � �50 17. c � �818. r � 10 19. y � 11 20. x � �721. x � 0 22. x � 7 23. y � 424. c � 7 25. d � �18 26. y � �1727. m � �0.5 28. x � 10 29. b � 230. t � 15 31. n � �1 32. c � �533. a � 20 34. x � 10 35. m � 936. a � �1

x 5 x4 1 15

45

45

45

45

In 37–42, answers to part a will vary.37. a. 8n � n � 35 38. a. 6n � 3n � 24

b. 5 b. 839. a. 3n � 22 � 7n � 14 40. a. 3(2s �1) � 5s �10

b. 9 b. 7, 1541. a. f � (f � 6) � 2f � 26 42. a. t � (2t � 1) � 5

b. 5, 11, 10 b. 12, 11, 6Applying Skills43. 500 mi, 425 mi 44. $660, $79045. 14 five-dollar bills, 46. $40, $60

7 ten-dollar bills47. 348 mi 48. 2 hr49. 1.5 mi 50. $15

4-4 Using Formulas to Solve Problems(pages 137–141)Writing About Mathematics

1. 2.5r represents the total time, 2.5 hours, Sabrinadrove on her trip times her speed, r, on localroads. 30 represents the additional mileageSabrina accrued by driving for two hours at thehigher interstate speed.

2. Antonio should represent the local road speedas r � 15 since it is 15 miles per hour slower thanSabrina’s interstate speed, r.

Developing Skills3. P � perimeter of a triangle, a, b, c � sides;

c � 48 in.4. P � perimeter of a square, s � side; s � 8.0 m5. P � perimeter of a square, s � side; s � 1.7 ft6. P � perimeter of a rectangle (parallelogram),

l � length, w � width; w � 5 yd7. P � perimeter of an isosceles triangle, a � leg,

b � base; b� 20 cm8. P � perimeter of an isosceles triangle, a � leg,

b � base; a � 6.4 m9. A � area of a rectangle (parallelogram), b � base,

h � height; b � 16 cm10. A � area of a rectangle (parallelogram), b � base,

h � height; h � 4.0 m11. A � area of a triangle, b � base, h � height;

h � 6.0 ft12. V � volume of a rectangular prism, l � length,

w � width, h � height; w � 8.0 yd13. d � distance, r � rate, t � time; r � 40 mph14. I � interest, p � principal, r � rate, t � time;

p � $1,80015. I � interest, p � principal, r � rate, t � time;

r � 2.3%16. T � total cost, n � number of items, c � cost of

one item; n � 4 items

304

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 304

Page 44: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

17. T � total cost, n � number of items, c � cost ofone item; c � $0.49

18. S � salary earned, n � number of hours worked,w � hourly wage; w � $6.40

19. S � salary earned, n � number of hours worked,w � wage; n � 37.5 hr

20. P � 2l � 2w; l � 11.6 cm21. P � a � b � c; a � 21 in., b � 19 in., c � 33 in.22. P � 2a � b; a � 30 cm, b � 33 cm23. P � 2l � 2w; l � 19 m, w � 14 m24. P � 2l � 2w; l � 34 yd, w � 34 yd25. P � 3a, P � 4s; a � 20 cm, s � 15 cm26. P � 4s, P � 2l � 2w; l � 5 cm, w � 3 cm27. A � bh; h � 9 cm 28. A � bh; b � 3.5 m29. P � 2l � 2w; l � 64 in., w � 32 in.30. P � 2l � 2w; l � 10 ft, w � 6 ft31. P � 4s; P � 3a; a � 8 m32. P � 6a, P � 4s; a � 8 in., s � 12 in.Applying Skills33. l � 57 m, w � 16 m 34. l � 78 ft, w � 36 ft35.

Number Value of Total of Coins One Coin Value

Dimes x $0.10 $0.10x

Quarters 25 � x $0.25 $0.25x

a. 25 � x b. 0.10x c. 0.25(25 � x)d. 4.90 � 0.10x � 0.25(25 � x); 9 dimes, 16 quarterse. 9 � 16 � 25; 0.10(9) � 0.25(25 � 9) � 4.90

36. There is either a mistake in the value of the coinsor in the total number of coins.

37. 59 dimes

Number Value of Total of Coins One Coin Value

Nickels x $0.05 $0.05x

Dimes 84 � x $0.10 $0.10(84 � x)

38. 17 stamps39.

Hours Wages Worked per Hour Earnings

Monday–Friday x $8.50 $8.50x

Saturday 38 � x $12.75 $12.75(38 � x)

a. 38 � x b. 8.50xc. 12.75(38 � x) d. 4 hr

40. 7 hr

Hours Wages Worked per Hour Earnings

Monday–Friday x $6.00 $6.00x

Saturday 42 � x $9.00 $9.00(42 � x)

12

12

41. Week 1, 34 hr; week 2, 38 hr42.

Rate Time Distance

First part of the trip r 1.5 hr 1.5r

Last part of the trip r � 26 3 hr 3(r � 26)

a. 1.5r b. r � 26c. 3(r � 26) d. First, 66 mph; last, 40 mph

43. Walked, 20 min ; drove, 30 min

Rate Time Distance

Walked 3 mph t 3t

Rode 30 mph

44. 65 mph, 2.4 hr (2 hr, 24 min);55 mph, 0.6 hr (36 min)

45. Shelly, 45 mph; Jack, 60 mph46. Carla, 56 mph; Candice, 42 mph47. mi 48. hr (12 min); 9 mi

4-5 Solving for a Variable in Terms ofAnother Variable (page 143)Writing About MathematicsIn 1 and 2, answers will vary.

1. 2(x � 1) � 8 2. 10y � 12 � 4y

Developing Skills3. x � 4. x � 5. y �

6. y � 7. x � 2r 8. x � 3a

9. y � 8c 10. x � k � 4 11. y � 9 � d

12. x � 2q 13. x � 3r 14. y �

15. x � 16. x � 17. y �

18. x � 19. x � 9b 20. x �

21. x � s 22. x � 15 23. x � 6a24. x � 2a

4-6 Transforming Formulas (pages 145–146)Developing SkillsIn 1–14, answers will vary depending on simplification.

1. s � 2. h � 3. r �

4. l � 5. r � 6. t �

7. h � 8. B � 9. g �

10. b � P � 2a 11. a � 12. w �

13. C � (F � 32) 14. a �

15. a. h �

b. (1) 27.9 cm(2) 17.8 cm(3) 7.0 cm

c. 27.9; it is the only container height greaterthan or equal to 20 cm.

Vpr2

2Sn 2 l

59

P2 2 lP2b

2

2st

3Vh

2Ab

Ipr

Pb

vwh

dt

Ab

P4

c2

m2 2 n

t 2 rs

8cd

2ba

5dc

mh

sr

8s

b5

1521

2

30 A 56 2 t B5

6 2 t

A 12 hr BA 1

3 hr B

305

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 305

Page 45: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

16. a. t � ; 1.5 hr, 1.7 hr, 2.9 hr

b. Arrival Departure

Buffalo — 9:00 A.M.

Rochester 10:30 A.M. 11:00 A.M.

Syracuse 12:42 P.M. 1:12 P.M.

Albany 4:06 P.M. —

4-7 Properties of Inequalities (page 150)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. If x is a positive number, then 5x � 4x.However, if x is a negative number, then 5x � 4x,and if x is zero, then 5x � 4x.

2. Yes. By the addition property of inequality,x � a � x � b and x � b � y � b. By thetransitive property of inequality, x � a � y � b.

3. No. If the difference of x and y equals thedifference of a and b, then the x � a � y � b.If the difference of x and y is less than thedifference of a and b, then the x � a � y � b.

Developing Skills4. � 5. � 6. �7. � 8. � 9. �

10. � 11. � 12. �13. � 14. � 15. �16. � 17. � 18. �19. � 20. � 21. �22. � 23. � 24. �25. � 26. � 27. �28. � 29. � 30. �31. �

4-8 Finding and Graphing the Solution Setof an Inequality (pages 155–156)Writing About Mathematics

1. If the inequality represents the minimum numberof cans you need to buy to get the sale price,then the solution set has a smallest value becausethe domain is the set of whole numbers. If theinequality represents the minimum number ofmiles you need to run to earn money at a fund-raiser, then the solution set does not have asmallest value because the domain is the set ofreal numbers.

2. No. The solution set does not include 4.Developing Skills

3. x � 6

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

dr 4. z � 10

5. y �

6. x � 5

7. x � 3

8. y � 2

9. d � 3

10. c � �4

11. y 8

12. d 3

13. t � 2

14. x 6

15. y 5

16. h �2.5

17. y � �4

18. y � �3

19. x � 2

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

212

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

306

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 306

Page 46: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

20. r �10

21. x � 6

22. z �9

23. x � 2

24. z �4

25. x � 3

26. y 6

27. y 2

28. x � 1

29. y 6

30. x � �6

31. m 1.5

32. �3 � x � 3

33. �7 x � 5

34. 2 � x 5

35. x � 4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

–15–14–13–12–11–10 –9 –8 –7

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

–15–14–13–12–11–10 –9 –8 –7

36. (x � 1) or (x 5)

37. all real numbers

38. (2) 39. (1) 40. (3)41. (2) 42. (1, �) 43. (��, �1)44. (��, 2] 45. [�3, �) 46. (�3, 2]47. (��, �2] or (3, �)48. a.

b. x 2

4-9 Using Inequalities to Solve Problems(pages 159–160)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. The inequality �x � �3 is equivalent to x � 3. Because x � 3, x is also greater than everyvalue less than 3, including �3.

2. No.The solution set of x � �3 includes all valuesgreater than �3, while the solution set of �x � �3includes only the values greater than 3.

Developing Skills3. x 15 4. y 4 5. x 506. x � 50 7. 3y 30 8. 5x � 2x 709. 4x � 6 54 10. 2x � 1 13

11. 3x(x � 1) � 35 12. � 713. n � 6 � 4; n � 10 14. n � 6 � 4; n � 1015. 6n � 72; n � 12 16. n � 10 � 50; n � 4017. n �15 � 35; n � 50 18. 2n � 6 � 48; n � 2119. 5n � 24 � 3n; n � 12Applying Skills20. m � 100 550; $45021. b � (b � 80) 250; 165 balcony tickets22. s � (3s � 20) 120; $2523. 3n � 8 n � 40; 1624. 2w � 2(5w � 8) 104; 10 m25. 2w � 2(3w � 12) 176; 63 cm26. 8s � 300 1,500; $15027. n � (n � 2) � 98 � 2(n � 2); 24, 2628. 6h � 5 29; 4 hr29. 2 x � x � 2x 3

a. 31 min b. 44 min c. 89 min

Review Exercises (pages 162–164)1. Answers will vary. 2. w � 53. w � 15 4. h � 4 5. y � �16. a � �2 7. b � �2 8. x � �39. 10. x � bc � a 11.

12. 13. 14. x 5 cbax 5 2b

a 1 cx 5 6a 1 bc

x 5 b 2 acx 5 1

3

x3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

307

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 307

Page 47: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

15. 16. a. 17. w � 3.5b. h � 12

18. C � 2019. x � �3

20. x �1

21. x � 3

22. x �4

23. �2 � x 3

24. 3 x � 7

25. (x �2) or (x � 0)

26. 5 x � 9

27. Always; addition property of inequality28. Sometimes; if a � 0, then ax � ay; if a � 0, then

ax � ay29. Always; transitive property of inequality30. Never; multiplication property of inequality31. (1) 32. (1) 33. (3)34. 3s2 35. 7w � 436. Length � 24.5 ft, width � 6.5 ft37. At most, 22,310 lb38. a. More than 150 lb b. Answers will vary.39. a. At most 42 prints b. At least 43 prints40. a. Positive rational numbers with two decimal

placesb. 76 � 44h � 450; h � 8.5 c. {8.50}

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

h 5 2Abx 5 c 2 2b

aExploration (page 164)If the circle has a radius of r, then the side of thesquare has a length of 2r. It follows that the area ofthe circle is �r2 and the area of the square is r2. Thefigure shows that the area of the circle is less thanthe area of the square, so �r2 � r2.

Cumulative Review (pages 164–166)Part I

1. 4 2. 4 3. 44. 1 5. 2 6. 47. 4 8. 4 9. 4

10. 3Part II11. 5.0 m, 5.0 m, 5.0 m, 13.0 m; let each of the three

equal sides � x and the fourth side � x � 8;3x � (x � 8) � 28, 4x � 8 � 28, x � 5, x � 8 � 13

12. a. C � (F � 32)b. 37° C; C � (98.6 � 32) � 37

Part III

13. No. Suppose that a prime number, p, dividedby 4 has a remainder of 2. This can be writtenas , where k is the whole numberpart of the quotient. The equation simplifies top � 4k � 2, which equals p � 2(k � 2). Thismeans p is even, but no prime number greaterthan 2 is even. Therefore, this is false.

14. 5 plums; let plum � x, pineapple � y, and peach �z; x � y � 3z, 2x � z, x � y � 3(2x), y � 5x

Part IV15. 58.4 cm2; A � (12.75 � 9.50) � 2.625(22.25) �

58.416. a. $12.67; 50 � 3s 12, s ; the smallest

rational number with two decimal placesgreater than or equal to is 12.67

b. $16.66; 50 � 3s 0, s ; the largestrational number with two decimal placesless than or equal to is 16.66162

3

1623

1223

1223

5.252

p4 5 k 1 12

59

59

308

5-1 Adding and Subtracting AlgebraicExpressions (pages 172–173)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. 3x � x � (3 � 1)x � 2xb. Answers will vary. Example: Let x � 2,

3(2) � 2 � 6 � 2 � 4 � 3

2. To add like terms, add the numerical coefficientsand keep the common term; to add like fractions,add the numerators and keep the commondenominator.

Developing Skills3. 15c 4. �10a 5. �15r

Chapter 5. Operations with Algebraic Expressions

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 308

Page 48: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

6. 0 7. �4ab 8. 7x9. �4y 10. 0 11. �3x

12. 13a � 3 13. 11b � 6 14. �c � 715. �x � 4 16. 3r � s 17. 14d2 � 4d18. �x � 8 19. �3y 20. �15y � 721. 7a � b 22. 2x2 � 13 23. 9y2 � 3y � 424. x3 � 5x2 � 9 25. �5d2 � 9d � 226. x � 15 27. x3 � 4x2 � 21x28. Binomial 29. Monomial30. Trinomial 31. None of these32. Answers will vary.

a. (x � 4) � (2x � 6) � 3x � 10b. (3x � 2) � (5x � 2) � 8xc. (x2 � 3x) � (4x � 5) � x2 � 7x � 5d. (x3 � 3x2) � (x � 3) � x3 � 3x2 � x � 3e. No

Applying Skills33. 6s 34. or 3.5x 35. 6p36. 14x � 30 37. 12x � 3 38. 5x � 339. 0.02h � 0.40 40. 3b � 11 41. 32z2 � 10

5-2 Multiplying Powers That Have theSame Base (pages 176–177)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes; �53 � 53 � (�1)(53)(53) � (�1)(5 � 5 � 5)(5 � 5 �5) � (�1)(5 � 5)(5 � 5)(5 � 5) � (�1)(5 � 5)3 � �253

2. Yes; �24 � 4 � (�1)(24)(4) � (�1)(24)(22) �(�1)(2 � 2 � 2 � 2)(2 � 2) � (�1)(2 � 2 � 2 � 2 � 2 � 2)� �26

Developing Skills3. a5 4. b7 5. r11

6. r6 7. z11 8. t14

9. x2 10. a3 11. e10

12. 25 � 32 13. 37 � 2,187 14. 56 � 15,62515. 44 � 256 16. 210 � 1,024 17. x6

18. a8 19. z14 20. x4y6

21. a4b8 22. r3s3

23. 26 � 36 � 46,656 24. 54 � 212 � 2,560,00025. 1035 26. a11 27. x3a

28. yc � 2 29. cr � 2 30. xm � 1

31. (3y)a � b 32. True 33. False34. False 35. True 36. False37. True 38. False 39. TrueApplying Skills40. a. 32 persons b. The sixth meeting41. 105 or 100,000 cm

5-3 Multiplying by a Monomial (pages 180–182)Writing About Mathematics

1. Write the constant and the variable (or the vari-ables) together without an operation sign.

312x

2. The multiplication of 3 and 7y is performedfirst in accordance with the order of operations;2 � 3(7y) � 2 � 21y

3. The addition of 2 � 3 is performed first becausethe order of operations states that terms inparentheses must be simplified first; (2 � 3)(7y) �(5)(7y)

4. 5y is multiplied by y and 3 according to thedistributive property of multiplication overaddition; 5y(y � 3) � 5y2 � 15y

5. No. x2 and x3 are not like terms. Although theexpression can be factored, the two terms cannotbe simplified.

6. Yes. Terms with the same base may be multiplied;x2(x3) � x6

Developing Skills7. 24b2 8. 30y2 9. 20ab

10. 16r2 11. �42xyz 12. �3xy13. �6ab 14. xyz 15. �15abc16. �35rst 17. 12cde 18. �18x2y19. �60s2t 20. �20a4 21. 18x7

22. �140y5 23. �90r7 24. 12z3

25. �40y6 26. �72z8 27. �24x6y5

28. �35a5b3 29. �8a3b5 30. 18c � 9d31. �20m � 30n 32. �16a � 12b 33. 20x � 2y34. 8m � 48n 35. �32r � 2s 36. �12c � 10d37. 20x2 � 24x 38. 5d3 � 15d2 39. �55c3

40. m2n � mn2 41. �a2b � ab2

42. 15a3b � 21ab3 43. 2r7s4 � 3r3s7

44. 20ad � 30cd � 40bd 45. �16x2 � 24x � 4046. 3x3y � 3x2y2 � 3xy3 47. �10r4s2 � 15r3s3 � 20r2s4

48. 15y2 49. 15xy50. 24c2 � 6c 51. a. 12x2 � 24x

b. 2x2 � 4xc. 10x2 � 20x

52. 5d � 5 53. 6 � 4c 54. 14x � 355. 2x � 4 56. 12 � 24a � 32s57. 25 � 12e 58. 4e � 6 59. b60. 4b � 4 61. 3 � 5t 62. 2 � 8s63. �6x � 21 64. 10x2 � 6x 65. 24y � 6y2

66. 13x � 11 67. �c � 2d 68. 3a � 7a2

69. 6b 70. 29x � 14 71. 5x � 3y72. 11x � 18x2 73. �2y

Applying Skills74. 175x cents 75. 40z mi76. 10n cents 77. 10x � 1578. 15y2 � 21y 79. 6b2 � 4b80. (9x � 21) mi 81. (3xy � 6y) dollars82. (3w2 � 2w) 83. (12x � 18) dollars84. (5x � 35) dollars 85. (5x � 35) dollars86. (8x � 19) dollars

309

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 309

Page 49: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

5-4 Multiplying Polynomials (pages 185–186)Writing About Mathematics

1. Answers will vary.a. The product has four terms when all terms in

the binomials are unlike.b. The product is a trinomial when at least one

term in the first binomial is a like term with aterm in the second binomial.

c. The product is a binomial when the first termsof the binomial factors are the same and thesecond terms are opposites.

2. (a � 3)2 � (a � 3)(a � 3) � a2 � 3a � 3a � 9 �a2 � 6a � 9

Developing Skills3. a2 � 5a � 6 4. x2 � 8x � 15 5. d2 � 6d �276. x2 � 9x � 14 7. m2 � 4m � 21 8. t2 � 9t � 909. b2 � 18b � 80 10. 30 � 11y � y2

11. 48 � 14e � e2 12. 72 � 6r � r2

13. x2 � 25 14. 4y2 � 49 15. 25a2 � 8116. 2x2 � 11x � 6 17. 15y2 � 11y � 218. 4x2 � 9 19. 9d2 � 64 20. x2 � 2xy � y2

21. a2 � b2 22. a2 � 2ab � b2

23. a2 � 2ab � b2 24. x2 � 16y2

25. x2 � 8xy � 16y2 26. 18x2 � 17xy � 15y2

27. r4 � 3r2 � 10 28. x4 � y4

29. x3 � 5x2 � 11x � 10 30. 4c3 � 4c2 � c � 131. 15 � 16a � a2 � 2a 32. 6x3 � 13x2 � 19x � 1233. x3 � 12x2 � 48x � 64 34. a3 � 15a2 � 75a � 12535. x3 � 3x2y � 3xy2 � y3 36. 5x � 1437. 12x2 � 6 38. r2 � 3r � 5 39. �2x � 340. 14x � 2 41. y2 � 33y � 8 42. 14y � 743. a3 � 8a

Applying Skills44. (2x � 5)(x � 7) � 2x2 � 9x � 3545. (11x � 8)(3x � 5) � 33x2 � 31x � 4046. a. (15x � 100)(x � 3) � 15x2 � 145x � 300

b. 130 kph c. 650 km

5-5 Dividing Powers That Have the SameBase (pages 187–188)Writing About Mathematics

1. No; 54 � 5 � 54 � 1 � 53 � 125 � 12. a. First, simplify the denominator by using the rule

for multiplying powers with like bases.Then,use the rule for dividing powers with like bases.

b. No. Using the rules for multiplying and

dividing powers with like bases, �

38 � (5 � 2) � 3. The second expression,38 � 35 � 32, simplifies to 38 � 5 � 2 � 35. Thetwo expressions are not equal becausesubtraction is not associative.

38

35? 32

Developing Skills3. x6 4. a5 5. c1 or c6. x0 7. e6 8. m8

9. n1 or n 10. r0 11. x7

12. z9 13. t4 14. 23 � 815. 102 � 100 16. 32 � 9 17. 52 � 2518. 103 � 1,000 19. x3a 20. y8b

21. rc � d 22. sx � 2 23. a0

24. 2a � b 25. a. 25 26. a. 53

b. 32 b. 12527. a. 101 28. a. 33 29. a. 100

b. 10 b. 27 b. 130. a. 100 31. a. 68 32. a. 42

b. 1 b. 1,679,616 b. 1633. False 34. True 35. False

5-6 Powers with Zero and NegativeExponents (page 191)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. If x is a fraction between �1 and 1, then x�2 is greater than 1. For example, if x � ,then x�2 � � 4.

2. Brandon’s statement is true only for values ofn greater than or equal to 0. If n 0, 10n iswritten as 1 followed by n zeros. For example,102 � 100, which has three digits. If n � 0, 10n

has �n digits. For example, 10�2 � � .01,which has two digits.

Developing Skills3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 1

9. 1 10. �1 11.

12. � 0.1 13. � 0.01 14. � 0.004

15. � 0.04 16. � 0.0015 17.

18. 19. � �0.5 20. 103 � 1,000

21. 3�6 � 22. 102 � 100 23. 40 � 1

24. 34 � 81 25. 4�2 � 26. 36 � 729

27. 6 28.

5-7 Scientific Notation (pages 195–197)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. All significant digits are represented in a.No new significant digits result from the multi-plication of a by 10n. If n � 0, the only possiblenew digits in a � 10n are non-significant zerosbetween the decimal point and the ones digit of a. If n 0, the only possible new digits in a � 10n are non-significant zeros trailing afterthe last digit in a.

512

116

1729

2121 1

27 5 1.037

1 136 5 1.0273

2,000125

11,000

1100

110

19 5 0.1

1r3

1m6

A 32 B

2121

1104

1100

A 12 B

22

12

310

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 310

Page 50: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

2. No. The key is used for subtraction. The

key needs to be used to represent the

negative sign of the exponent �5.Developing Skills

3. 102 4. 104 5. 10�2

6. 10�4 7. 109 8. 10�7

9. 10,000,000 10. 10,000,000,00011. 0.001 12. 0.00001 13. 300,00014. 400,000,000 15. 0.6 16. 0.000000917. 13,000 18. 0.0000000008319. 1,270 20. 0.0614 21. 222. 3 23. 3 24. �325. �5 26. 4 27. �928. 8 29. �1 30. 031. �3 32. 6 33. 8.4 � 103

34. 2.7 � 104 35. 5.4 � 107 36. 3.2 � 108

37. 6.1 � 10�4 38. 3.9 � 10�6 39. 1.40 � 10�8

40. 1.56 � 10�1 41. 4.53 � 105 42. 3.81 � 10�3

43. 3.75 � 108 44. 7.63 � 10�5 45. a. 8.7 � 100

b. 8.746. a. 7.65 � 10�5 47. a. 3.0 � 101

b. 0.0000765 b. 3048. a. 2.00 � 103

b.Applying Skills49. 9.5 � 1012 km 50. 1.2 � 1022 mi51. 5 � 10�13 cm 52. 8 � 10�4 in.53. 2,000,000,000 light-years 54. 240,000 mi55. 0.06 sec 56. 0.00000002 sec57. 5,900,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 kg

5-8 Dividing by a Monomial (page 199)Writing About Mathematics

1. Mikhail did not divide the second term of thepolynomial by the monomial. The quotientshould be 2b � 1.

2. Yes;Developing Skills

3. �2x2y2 4. �6y8 5. 9x4

6. �x2 7. �7c2b 8. 8x9. �7 10. �3y 11. 2x � 1

12. m � n 13. t � 1 14. �2c2 � 3d2

15. 1 � rt 16. �y � 5 17. 3d2 � 2d18. 3r3 � 2r 19. �3y6 � 2y3 20. �2a � 121. 3b � 4a 22. c � 3d 23. 2a2 � 3a � 124. �4y2 � 2y � 1 25. 2a � 4 26. 2 � 5c

Applying Skills27. 3y cents 28. 8b 29. 6r mi30. 8b chairs

15cd 1 11c5c 5 15cd

5c 1 11c5c 5 3d 1 2.2

2,00#0

(-)

� 5-9 Dividing a Polynomial by a Binomial(page 201)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. Nate split up the terms of the denominator,which is incorrect:

2. a. Yes. The expressions are equivalent by theaddition property of zero.

b. x2 � x � 1Developing Skills

3. b � 2 4. y � 1 5. m � 76. w � 3 7. y � 4 8. x � 29. a � 2 10. 3t � 8 11. 5y � 8

12. 3c � 4 13. x � 11 14. x � 815. x � 3Applying Skills16. x � 9 17. y � 2

Review Exercises (pages 203–204)1. Answers will vary. Example: Scientific notation

makes writing and computing very larger smallnumbers easier.

2. No, an � bn are not like terms.3. 4bc 4. 4y2 � 10y � 25. 13t � 4 6. �24mg2

7. 12x4 � 6x3 � 3x2 8. 8x2 � 2x � 39. 36a2b6 10. 36a2 � 12ab � b2

11. 4a2 � 25 12. 4a2 � 20a � 2513. 7x � 2x2 14. �5bc5 15. 2y16. 3w2 � 4w � 1 17. x � 6 18. 39 � 19,68319. 76 � 117,649 20. 23 � 106 � 8,000,00021. 1 � 12�1 � 22. 5.8 � 103

23. 1.42 � 107 24. 6 � 10�5 25. 2.77 � 10�6

26. 40,000 27. 0.00306 28. 970,000,00029. 0.000103 30. w2 � 5w; w2 � 8w; 2w2 � 13w31. a. 8h � 12 32. 16px

b. 4h2 � 12h � 933. a. x � 2 34. 24x � 40

b. 4x � 14

Exploration (page 204)To find the square of a two-digit number ending in 5,multiply the first digit by the next larger integer andby 100, and then add 25. This method can be appliedto find the square of a three-digit number ending in 5.

Given the square of an integer, the square of the nextlarger integer equals the square of the integer plusthe integer plus the next larger integer. Alternately,the square of the next larger integer equals the squareof the integer plus twice the integer plus 1; (n � 1)2 �n2 � n � (n � 1) � n2 � 2n � 1

1 112

x3 21x 1 1 5 x3

x 1 1 1 21x 1 1

311

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 311

Page 51: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Cumulative Review (pages 204–206)Part I

1. 4 2. 3 3. 1 4. 1 5. 46. 2 7. 2 8. 4 9. 2 10. 4

Part II11. h �12. Answers will vary. 2 is the only number that is not

a multiple of 7; 7 is the only odd prime; 77 is theonly multiple of 11; 84 is the only multiple of 12.

Part III13. 3(x � 4) � 5x � 8 Given

3x � 12 � 5x � 8 Distributive property� 3x � 3x Subtraction property

of equality�12 � 2x � 8 Additive inverse

property� 8 � � 8 Subtraction property

of equality�20 � 2x Additive inverse

propertyDivision property ofequality

�10 � x, x � �10

2202 5 2x

2

3VB

14. 4a � 7 � (7 � 3a) Given4a � (�7) � (7 � 3a) Definition of

subtraction4a � [(�7) � 7] � 3a Associative property4a � 0 � 3a Additive identity

property4a � 3a Addition property of

zero(4 � 3)a Distributive property1a � a Multiplicative

identity propertyPart IV15. a. 1,986 ft; 2(525) � 2(468) � 1,986

b. 246,000 sq ft; 525 � 468 � 245,700c. 10 sacks; 245,700 � 25,000 � 9.84

16. 390 single-dip cones, 110 double-dip cones2.25d � 1.75(500 � d) � 930

0.5d � 875 � 9300.5d � 55

d � 110500 � 110 � 390

312

6-1 Ratio (pages 210–211)Writing About Mathematics

1. This week’s test. Last week, Melanie’s ratioof correct test questions to total test questions was . This week, her ratio was , which is equivalent to

2. The numerator and denominator are not wholenumbers, and they have a common factor other than 1;

Developing Skills3. a. 4. a. 5. a.

b. 3 : 1 b. 2 : 1 b. 8 : 56. a. 7. a. 8. a.

b. 4 : 1 b. 5 : 4 b. 1 : 49. a. 10. a. 11. a.

b. 8 : 1 b. 1 : 40 b. 60 : 112. a. 13. 10 times 14.

b. 3 : 515. 3 : 1 16. 3 : 1 17. 1 : 218. 3 : 1 19. 24 : 1 20. 5 : 121. 3 : 4 22. 1 : 2 23. 3 : 524. 3 : 14 25. 1 : 2 26. 3 : 1

18

35

601

140

81

14

54

41

85

21

31

1.54.5 5 1.5 4 1.5

4.5 4 1.5 5 13

2530; 25

30 . 2430.

2024

2430

27. 6 : 1 28. 12 : 1 29. 3 : 130. 4 : 1 31. 12 : 1Applying Skills32. a. 5 : 9 33. a. 3 : 2 34. 5 : 7

b. 5 b. 335. 2 : 1 36. b : (b � g) 37. 1 : 538. 12 : 7 : 6 39. 4 : 2 : 1 40. 45 or 80

6-2 Using a Ratio to Express a Rate (page 213)Writing About Mathematics

1. A rate, like a ratio, is a comparison of two quanti-ties, but these quantities may have different unitsof measure.

2. A ratio is written without units of measure, but arate contains units. When 1 is the second term ofa rate, it is usually omitted.

Developing Skills3. 2 apples per person (2 apples/person)4. 8 patients per nurse (8 patients/nurse)5. $0.50 per liter ($0.50/L)6. 6 cents per gram (6¢/g)7. $0.33 per ounce Q dollar/ozR8. 0.62 mile per kilometer (0.62 mi/km)

13

Chapter 6. Ratio and Proportion

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 312

Page 52: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Applying Skills9. 57.5 miles per hour (57.5 mi/hr)

10. 4.5 miles per hour (4.5 mi/hr)11. 32 miles per hour (32 mi/hr)12. 124 miles per hour (124 mi/hr)13. 3 balls per can (3 balls/can)14. 8 cents per ounce (8¢/oz)15. a. 3.5 cents per ounce (3.5¢/oz)

b. 3.3 cents per ounce (3.3¢/oz)c. Giant size

16. Johanna17. Ronald

6-3 Verbal Problems Involving Ratio(pages 215–216)Writing About Mathematics

1. If x � 0, 2x : 3x cannot be reduced to 2 : 3 becausedivision by 0 is undefined. Also, 2x : 3x wouldequal 0 : 0, which is not equivalent to 2 : 3.

2. No.The perimeter of a rectangle is twice its lengthplus twice its width: 2(7x) � 2(4x) � 22x.Thereforethe ratio of the length to the perimeter is 7 : 22.

Developing Skills3. 40, 30 4. 100, 605. 42, 30 6. 48, 127. 12 cm, 12 cm, 10 cm 8. 12 cm, 16 cm, 20 cm9. 132 cm, 48 cm 10. 36°, 54°

11. 80°, 100° 12. 40°, 40°, 100°13. 25 in., 25 in., 15 in. 14. 9, 2115. 12, 20Applying Skills16. 12 cm, 20 cm 17. 275 boys18. Carl, $70; Donald, $3019. Sam, 21 points; Wilbur, 27 points20. 7.5 liters of water, 5 liters of acid

6-4 Proportion (pages 220–221)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. Switching the means and the extremes of a proportion will not affect the product of themeans or the product of the extremes. Therefore,the resulting ratios are still proportions. In ,ad � bc, and in , bc � ad (a, c � 0).

2. No.Adding a constant to all terms changes thevalues of the ratios in different ways. For example,

, but if you add 1 to each term, .Developing Skills

3. Yes 4. No 5. No6. No 7. Yes 8. Yes

23 2

35

12 5 2

4

ba 5 d

c

ab 5 c

d

9. 4 10. 30 11. 2412. 28 13. 20 14. 515. 36 16. 12 17. x � 918. x � 15 19. x � 18 20. x � 421. x � 3 22. x � 7 23. x � 324. x � 36 25. x � 8 26. x �

27. x � 6r 28. x �

Applying Skills29. 30.

31. 32.

33. 29 34.

35. 36. 24 shots

6-5 Direct Variation (pages 224–226)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. Natasha’s speed stays constant; therefore,.

2. No. The ratio of cost to time changes dependingon the number of hours a car is parked. Forexample, 1 hour costs $5.50, 2 hours cost $8.25,3 hours costs $11.00, and .

Developing Skills3. 4. 5.6. 7. 8.9. 10. 11.

12. Yes; s � P 13. Yes; c � 2n 14. No15. Yes; d � 20t 16. Yes; y � �3x 17. No18. A � 5h; h � 5, A � 1019. S � ; h � 10, S � 1220. l � 2w; l � 14, w � 421. No. If R increases, T decreases.22. Yes. The ratio is the constant .23. Yes. The ratio is the constant .24. No. If h increases, b decreases.25. a. Directly

b. The cost of 9 articles will be 3 times as muchas the cost of 3 articles.

c. C is doubled.26. a. Directly

b. The rectangle with a length of 8 inches willhave 2 times the area of the rectangle with alength of 4 inches.

c. A is tripled.27. d � 360 28. Y � 140 29. h � 330. N � 15Applying Skills31. $4.45 32. $30.80 33. lb34. 140 shots 35. 420 calories 36. 1,620 calories

114

201

ei

115

TD

32h

13

rs 5 3

2AP 5 53

50st 5 4

5

It 5 17

2tn 5 3

2Ps 5 4

yz 5 1

9dt 5 40x

y 5 4

5.51 2

8.252 2

113

dt 5 65

1

1219

129

3612

2050

2560

1220

2mrs

bca

313

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 313

Page 53: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

37. 170 calories 38. hr 39. 7.65 kg40. cups 41. 25 bags 42. $1,32043. 5.6 km 44. $21.00 45. 4 in.

46. a. $12.82 47. 48.b. $15.58c. $0.89 per lbd. 22.4 lb

6-6 Percent and Percentage Problems(pages 231–233)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. To write a percent as a decimal, move thedecimal point two places to the left and removethe decimal sign (that is, divide by 100); 3.6% �0.036

2. 104%. Ms. Edward’s new salary, in terms ofher old salary, s, is equal to s � 4%s � 100%s �4%s � (100% � 4%)s � 104%s.

Developing Skills3. 0.72 4. 9 5. 7.26. 10 7. 33.6 8. 7.59. 16 10. 24 11. 27

12. 200 13. 80 14. 20015. 72 16. 36 17. 16018. 81 19. 62 20. 50%21. 30% 22. 60% 23. 80%24. 25. 100% 26. 150%27.Applying Skills28. 25% 29. 30 students 30. a. $1.92

b. $25.9231. 90 planes 32. $8,000,000 33. $814.5034. 6 kg 35. 52,464 parts 36. 15 games37. 15% 38. $3,500 39. $12040. 25% 41. 5% 42. $78.0043. 12% 44. 8% 45. $6046. a. Coat, $111.99; blouse, $35.19; shoes, $71.99;

jeans, $26.39b. original price � 0.2(original price);

0.8(original price)47. Both plans are the same. Let C � original cost.

Plan 1: 0.7C � 0.08(0.7C) � 0.756C; Plan 2:0.7(1.08C) � 0.756C.

48. ABC, 99%; XYZ, 99%49. 1.6% 50. 0.8% 51. 130.9 lb52. No. Responses will vary. If Isaiah had 50 questions

on his midterm and 100 questions on his final,he answered 40 correctly on the midterm and 90correctly on the final; 0.8 � 50 � 40, 0.9 � 100 � 90.He answered or % correctly.862

3130150

12%331

3%

hqd

ndp

14

212

512

53. Not necessarily;Amy’s total gain is guaranteed tobe 20% only if she bought an equal number ofshares from each company at the same price.

6-7 Changing Units of Measure (pages 236–237)Writing About Mathematics

1. Using dimensional analysis, Sid can multiply the ratio of feet to miles by the ratio of yards to feet to

find the number of yards in a mile; �1760 yd/mi

2. Abigail can multiply the cups of butter by the

ratio of tablespoons to cups; � 6 tbsDeveloping Skills

3. a. 4. a. 5. a.b. 2.25 ft b. 1.75 m b. 2.5 lb

6. a. 7. a. 8. a.b. 1.5 mi b. 85 cm b. 1.5 gal

9. a. 10. a. 11. a.b. 378 in. b. 42 in. b. 4 ft

12. a. 13. a. 14. a.b. 150 cm b. 19.2 oz b. 13,200 ft

15. a. 16. a.b. 440 mm b. 10 qt

Applying Skills17. a. 2.62 ft

b. Miranda should buy 3-foot boards from whichto cut her 0.8-meter lengths. The 2-foot boardsare too short, and the 4-foot boards wouldleave unnecessary waste.

18. a. Yes b. $5.99c. The pre-cut piece

19. a. No b. 0.5 mi/hr20. a. Smaller b. Taylor will lose $5,936.51.

c. 74.8%

Review Exercises (pages 239–241)In 1 and 2, answers will vary.

1. No. The ratios and are not equal;8 � 5 � 3 � 12.

2. No. The sale price of the dress is 85% of theoriginal price or 0.85p. With the coupon, theprice is 80% of the sale price or 0.8(0.85p) �0.68p � 68%p. This means the original priceis reduced by 32%.

3. 6 : 7 4. 2 to 3 5. 3 to 56. 1 : 2 7. x � 3 8. x � 59. x � 6 10. 8, 32 11. (3)

12. (3) 13. (1) 14. 30015. 125% 16. 17. 165 g7

10

125

83

4 qt1 gal

10 mm1 cm

5,280 ft1 mi

16 oz1 lb

100 cm1 m

3 ft1 yd

12 in.1 ft

36 in.1 yd

1 gal8 pt

1 cm10 mm

1 mi5,280 ft

1 lb16 oz

1 m100 cm

1 ft12 in.

3 cup8 3 16 tbs

1 cup

5280 ft1 mi 3

1 yd3 ft

314

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 314

Page 54: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

18. 500 words 19. 3 : 420. 1,700 students 21. 21 in.22. 25 ft 23. 4 days 24. 50 girls25. a. Yes 26. 6.71 � 108

b. 2 km/hr over27. The 25% discount is the better buy. The price

of a package does not matter; 0.75(5x) � 3.75x,3.75x � 4x

28. 5.9% 29. 5.3%

Exploration (page 241)a. No.The $585 investment earns $11.70 in interest

and the $360 investment earns $5.40 in interest, soMark earns a total of $17.10 in interest. However,3.5% of $945 is $33.08.

b. No.Taking 10% off each $30 clothing item savesyou $3 a piece or $6 in total. However, taking 20%off the total of $60 would save you $12.

c. No. Some students may participate in both a cluband a sport, so the total percentage of studentswho are in an after-school activity is 59% �41% � (% of students in a club and sport).

d. Yese. It makes sense to add percents when the bases are

the same, the bases describe the same set, and thepercents describe different members of the set.

Cumulative Review (pages 242–244)Part I

1. 3 2. 1 3. 34. 2 5. 2 6. 37. 2 8. 4 9. 2

10. 3

Part II11. 12, 13; (x � 1)2 � x2 � 25, 2x � 1 � 25, x � 1212. x � 3; 4(2x � 1) � 5x � 5, 8x � 4 � 5x � 5, 3x � 9,

x � 3Part III13. a. 30 cm; 20 cm � 10 cm � 30 cm

b. 2 : 3; area of AEFD � (20 cm)2 � 400 cm2,area of ABCD � 30 cm � 20 cm � 600 cm2;400 : 600 � 2 : 3

14. hr at 40 mph, hr at 60 mph; 40x � 60(7 � x) �410, 420 � 20x � 410, 10 � 20x, x � , 7 � x �

Part IV15. a. 3 : 5 : 2

b. Rita, $162; Fred, $270; Glen, $108; (540) � 162,(540) � 270, � 108

c. Rita, $381; Fred, $635; Glen, $254; (1,270) �381, (1,270) � 635, (1,270) � 254

16. a. 490 ft; T � (64 � 5)� � 2(150) ≈ 485.35b. 55 trips; 5,280 ft � 5 � 26,400 ft; 26,400 ft �

485.35 ft ≈ 54.87

210

510

310

210(540)5

10

310

612

12

612

12

D F C

H

BEA

20 cm G

20 cm 10 cm20 + 10 = 30 cm

10 cm

10 cm

315

7-1 Points, Lines and Planes (pages 249–250)Writing About Mathematics

1. AB refers to the length of a line segment,refers to the line segment with endpoints A andB, and refers to the line containing thepoints A and B.

2. A half-line consists of the set of points that lie toone side of a point on a line.A ray consists of a pointon a line and all points to one side of this endpoint.Therefore, a ray is a half-line plus an endpoint.

Developing Skills3. Acute 4. Obtuse 5. Straight6. Obtuse 7. Right 8. Acute9. a. �AOB or �BOA b. �y

c. �x or �y (�AOB, �BOA or �BOC, �COB)d. �AOC or �COA

ABvh

AB

Applying Skills10. 30° 11. 120°12. 180° 13. 15°

In 14 and 15, answers will vary.14. 12:00, 1:05 15. 3:00, 9:00

7-2 Pairs of Angles (pages 255–258)Writing About Mathematics

1. If �x and �y are supplementary, then m�x �m�y � 180. If m�x equals 90, m�y � 180 �90 � 90, so both angles are right angles. If m�xis less than 90, m�y � 180 � m�x must begreater than 90, so �x is acute and �y is obtuse.If m�x is greater than 90, m�y � 180 � m�xmust be less than 90, so �x is obtuse and �y isacute.

Chapter 7. Geometric Figures,Areas, and Volumes

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 315

Page 55: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

2. No. Complementary refers to exactly two angleswhose measures sum to 90°, and there are threegiven angles.

Developing Skills3. a. 75° 4. a. 53°

b. 165° b. 143°c. 90° c. 90°

5. a. 23° 6. a. (90 � x)°b. 113° b. (180 � x)°c. 90° c. 90°

7. m�A � 15, m�B � 758. m�A � 35, m�B � 559. m�A � 65, m�B � 25

10. m�A � 20, m�B � 7011. m�ABD � 45, m�DBC � 13512. m�ABD � 50, m�DBC � 13013. m�DBC � 105, m�ABD � 7514. m�DBC � 144, m�ABD � 3615. 60°, 120° 16. 84°17. 110° 18. 30°, 60°19. 81° 20. 140°21. 130° 22. 35°23. 95° 24. 41°25. (3) 26. m�RTM � 2527. m�MTS � 60 28. m�NTS � 7229. a. m�FGH � 90 30. a. m�JLN � 42

b. m�HGI � 28 b. m�MLK � 90c. m�KLO � 42d. m�JLO � 138

31. a. m�HKI � 56 32. a. m�PMO � 90b. m�HKG � 124 b. m�OML � 50c. m�GKJ � 146

33. a. m�ABD � 70 34. a. m�FKJ � 40b. m�DBC � 110 b. m�FKG � 40

c. m�GKH � 100d. m�JKI � 140

35. a. m�CEB � 20b. m�BED � 160c. m�CEA � 160

36. a. m�RQS � 60b. m�SQT � 120c. m�PQT � 150

37. a. m�LRP � 50b. m�LRQ � 130c. m�PRM � 130

38. a. m�FEB � 10b. m�CEF � 80c. m�AEF � 170

39.

7-3 Angles and Parallel Lines (pages 261–262)Writing About Mathematics

1. Two lines in different planes that do not intersect2. Yes. Responses will vary. Example:

(1) Let l �� m and p⊥ l(2) m�1 � m�2 � 90

(Definition of per-pendicular lines)

(3) m�1 � m�3 (�1 and �3 are corre-sponding angles)m�2 � m�4 (�2 and �4 are corresponding angles)

(4) m�3 � m�4 � 90 (Substitution of �3 for �1and �4 for �2 in (2))

(5) p ⊥ m (Definition of perpendicular lines)Developing Skills

3. m�1 � m�5 � m�7 � 80, m�2 � m�4 � m�6 �m�8 � 100

4. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 30, m�2 � m�4 �m�8 � 150

5. m�1 � m�3 � m�7 � 60, m�2 � m�4 � m�6 �m�8 � 120

6. m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 75, m�2 � m�4 � m�6 �m�8 � 105

7. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 125, m�4 �m�6 � m�8 � 55

8. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 170, m�2 �m�6 � m�8 � 10

9. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � 2, m�2 � m�4 � m�6 �m�8 � 178

10. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 1, m�2 � m�4 �m�6 � 179

11. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 66, m�2 � m�4 �m�6 � m�8 � 114

12. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 70, m�2 � m�4 �m�6 � m�8 � 110

13. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 56, m�2 � m�4 �m�6 � m�8 � 124

14. m�1 � m�3 � m�5 � m�7 � 50, m�2 � m�4 �m�6 � m�8 � 130

15. m�1 � m�2 � m�3 � m�4 � m�5 � m�6 �m�7 � m�8 � 90

ABCvh

' BDvh

316

1 2

3 4

p

l

m

A

D

E

C

B20°160°

160°

20°

RS

Q

P T150°

30°60° 120°

130°

50°130°

50° R

M

Q

P

L

80°

EA

D

B

F

C

10°

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 316

Page 56: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

16. m�1 � m�3 � 150, m�2 � m�11 � 30, m�6 �m�8 � 140, m�9 � 40, m�10 � 110

17. Never 18. Sometimes 19. Always20. Always 21. Sometimes 22. Sometimes23. Answers will vary. Example:

(1) m�1 � m�x (�1 and �x are corre-sponding angles)

(2) m�2 � m�x (�2 and �x are vertical angles)

(3) m�1 � m�2 (Substitution of �2 for �x in (1))

7-4 Triangles (pages 267–269)Writing About Mathematics

1. Let x and y represent the meas-ures of two of the angles in atriangle and their sum, x � y,represent the measure of thethird angle.Then the sum of themeasures of the angles in the triangle is x � y �(x � y) � 180° or 2x � 2y � 180°. Dividing bothsides by 2, you get x � y � 90°. Since the third anglehas a measure of 90°, the triangle is a right triangle.

2. If two angles of a triangle each measure 60°, themeasure of the third angle is 180° � 60° � 60° �60°. Therefore, the triangle is equilateral.

Developing Skills3. Yes 4. No 5. Yes 6. 80°7. 60° 8. 43.2° 9. ° 10. 60°

11. a. No.The sum of the measures of two right anglesis 180°, which equals the sum of the angles in atriangle, so there could be no third angle.

b. No. The sum of the measures of two obtuseangles is greater than 180°, which exceeds thesum of the angles in a triangle.

c. No. The sum of the measures of one obtuseand one right angle is greater than 180°, whichexceeds the sum of the angles in a triangle.

12. 90°13. a. Isosceles b. �A and �C

c. If two sides of a triangle are equal in measure,then the angles opposite these sides are equalin measure.

d. Legs: , ; base: ; base angles: �A, �C;vertex: �B

14. a. 70° b.c. If two angles of a triangle are congruent, the

sides opposite the angles are congruent.d. Isoscelese. Legs: , ; base: ; base angles: �R, �S;

vertex: �TRSSTRT

RT > ST

ACBCAB

7414

15. a. 20° 16. a. 80° 17. 45°b. 70° b. 65°c. 96° c. 52°d. 135° d. 40°e. 77° e. 57.5°

18. 60°Applying Skills19. 84°, 84°, 12° 20. 45°, 45°, 90° 21. 36°, 36°, 108°22. 55°, 55°, 70° 23. 58°, 58°, 64° 24. 79°, 79°, 22°25. a. m�A � 30, m�B � m�C � 75

b. Acute, isosceles26. a. 60°, 60°, 60°

b. Equilateral, equiangular, acute27. 20°, 60°, 100° 28. 18°, 72°, 90°; right, scalene29. 35°, 65°, 80° 30. 35°, 75°, 70°31. a. m�x � 50, m�y � 40, m�z � 90

b. Right, scalene32. a. m�R � 60, m�S � 90, m�T � 30

b. Right, scalene33. a. m�K � m�L � m�M � 60

b. Equilateral, equiangular, acuteHands-On Activity 1: Constructing a LineSegment Congruent to a Given Segment

a. Construct a segment congruent to the given seg-ment on a ray. Starting from the newly constructedpoint, construct a second (non-overlapping) seg-ment congruent to the given segment on the sameray. Repeat to construct a third (non-overlapping)segment on the same ray.The length of the seg-ment whose endpoints are the endpoint of the rayand the newest constructed point is three timesthe length of the given segment.

b. Construct a segment congruent to the longersegment on a ray. On this segment, constructa segment congruent to the shorter segment,starting from the endpoint of the ray. The lengthof the segment whose endpoints are the twoconstructed points on the ray has length equal tothe difference of the two given segments.

c. Construct a segment congruent to the firstsegment on a ray. On the same ray, startingfrom the newly constructed point, construct asegment congruent to the second segmentwithout overlapping the first. The length of thesegment whose endpoints are the endpoint ofthe ray and the second constructed point is thesum of the lengths of the given segments.

A

C

B

D

317

1

x

2

x

x + y y

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 317

Page 57: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Hands-On Activity 2: Constructing an AngleCongruent to a Given Angle

a. Construct an angle congruent to the given angleon a ray. Using the newly constructed ray, con-struct a second angle congruent to the given angleand adjacent to the first constructed angle. Repeatto construct a third angle congruent to the givenangle and adjacent to the second constructedangle.The measure of the angle whose sides arethe original ray and the newest construct ray isthree times the measure of the given angle.

b. Construct an angle congruent to the larger angleon a ray. On the same ray, construct an anglecongruent to the smaller angle such that the newray lies inside the larger angle.The measure of theangle whose sides are the two constructed rays isequal to the difference of the two given angles.

c. Construct an angle congruent to the included angleon a ray. Construct a segment congruent to a givenside on each of the rays of this angle. Connect thenew points lying on the sides of this angle to form atriangle congruent to the given triangle.

Hands-On Activity 3: Constructing a PerpendicularBisector

a. �EAB � �FAB; �EAB � �ECBb. Draw a segment on a line. Construct the perpen-

dicular bisector of the segment. Starting fromone of the endpoints of the segment, constructan angle congruent to the given angle along thesegment such that the new ray intersects the per-pendicular bisector. From the same point on thesegment, construct a second angle congruent tothe given angle on the other side of the segmentsuch that the new ray intersects the perpendicularbisector.The triangle formed by the vertex of thetwo congruent angles and the intersection of theconstructed rays and the perpendicular bisectoris isosceles with a vertex angle that is twice themeasure of the given angle.

A C

F

E

B

S

T

RM

N

L

c. Draw a line segment and construct its perpen-dicular bisector. Construct a segment congruentto half the line segment on the perpendicularbisector starting from the point of intersectionwith the original segment. Connect an endpointof the original segment with the newly con-structed point on the bisector to form anisosceles right triangle.

Hands-On Activity 4: Constructing an AngleBisector

a. Construct an angle congruent to the given angle.Construct its angle bisector. Consider the smallerangle whose sides are the bisector and one of thesides of the bisected angle. Construct an anglecongruent to this angle on one of the rays of thebisected angle such that it is adjacent to thebisected angle. The measure of the angle whosesides enclose the other rays is one and a halftimes the measure of the given angle.

b. Bisect a straight angle. Each resulting anglemeasures 90 degrees.

c. Construct an angle congruent to the given angle.With the point of the compass on the vertex, drawan arc that intersects both sides of the angle.Connect the intersections.The triangle formed isisosceles with the vertex angle congruent to thegiven angle.

7-5 Quadrilaterals (pages 277–279)Writing About MathematicsIn 1 and 2, responses will vary.

1. Yes. Since all the angles are equal, then each anglemust be 90°; x � x � x � x � 360°, 4x � 360°,x � 90°.A parallelogram with four right angles isa rectangle.

2. Yes. Consecutive angles of a parallelogram are sup-plementary. In parallelogram ABCD, if m�A � 90,then m�B � 180 � 90 � 90, and so on.

Developing Skills3. True 4. True 5. True6. False 7. True 8. True9. a. x � 50° b. m�B � 50

10. a. x � 90° b. m�E � 90, m�F � 90,m�G � 70, m�H � 110

11. a. x� 60° b. m�K � 60, m�L � 50,m�M � 130, m�N � 120

PS

T

R

318

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 318

Page 58: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

12. a. x � 43.75° b. m�Q � 53.75, m�R � 111.25,m�S � 107.5, m�T � 87.5

13. AB � DC � 1414. m�A � m�C � 110, m�B � �D � 7015. BC � AD � 11 16. x � 20°17. AB � BC � CD � DA � 4218. KL � LM � MN � NK � 18Applying Skills19. a. 900°

b. There are 5 triangles;5(180°) � 900°

c. m�A � m�G � 90,m�B � m�F � 135,m�C � m�E � 165,m�D � 120

d. 900°20. a. Since each triangle is isosceles, its base angles

are equal. We know that one of the angles is60° since it is cut from an equilateral triangle.If the 60° angle is the vertex angle, then forbase angle x, x � x � 60° � 180°, so x � 60°.If the 60° angle is a base angle, then for vertexangle x, x � 60° � 60° � 180°, so x � 60°.Since the triangles have three equal angles,they are equilateral.

b. 120° c. Regular hexagon21. a. 4.2 sq mi b. 2,700 acres22. a. Not possible; if the four angles of a quadri-

lateral, w, x, y, and z, are all acute, then w � 90, x � 90, y � 90, and z � 90. Therefore,w � x � y � z � 360.

b. Not possible; if the four angles of a quadri-lateral, w, x, y, and z, are all obtuse, then w � 90, x � 90, y � 90, and z � 90. Therefore,w � x � y � z � 360.

c. Possible. Example:

d. Possible. Example:

60° 60°

60°

110°

30°

110°

110°

110°

319

B

A G

F

ED

C

e. Not possible; if three angles of a quadrilateralare right angles, then the fourth angle x mustalso be a right angle: 90 � 90 � 90 � x � 360,so x � 90°.

7-6 Areas of Irregular Polygons (pages 280–282)Writing About Mathematics

1. 35 sq units; both triangles have the same base( ) and the same height (the distance between

), so their areas are equal.2. 76 sq in.; the area of �ABD plus the area

of �BDC equals the total area of ABCD;57 � 62 � 119 square inches. The total areaof ABCD minus �ABC equals the area of�ADC; 119 � 43 � 76 sq in.

Developing Skills3. 139 cm2 4. 108 sq ft 5. 585 m2

6. 303 sq in. 7. 44 sq ft 8. 102 cm2

9. 400 sq yd 10. 50 mm2

Applying Skills11. Triangle, 162 sq in.; pentagon, 1,134 sq in.12. 76 m2

7-7 Surface Areas of Solids (pages 285–286)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. 8b. Rectanglesc. a � 2a; 2a2 sq units

2. a. sq units

b. � 12a2 sq unitsDeveloping Skills

3. 7,464.4 sq in. 4. 2,754 sq in. 5. 312 sq ft6. 1,800 cm2 7. 144.5 cm2

8. 7,257.1 mm2 or 72.6 cm2 9. 1,570.8 sq ftApplying Skills10. 118 sq in. 11. 94.11 sq in. 12. sq in.13. 522 sq ft

7-8 Volumes of Solids (pages 290–292)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. The amount left over is the same, 64 � 16� ≈13.7 sq in.

b. The volume of the pie with the 8-inch radiusis approximately four times the volume ofthe pie with the 4-inch radius; 75.40 cu in. :18.85 cu in. � 4 : 1

2. Each radius is the height of the can.16

660#

3"3a2

3"32 a2

AB and CDAB

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 319

Page 59: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills3. 140 cu ft 4. 210 cm3

5. 690,000 cm3 or 6. cu in. or 0.069 m3 0.0806 cu ft

7. 636.056 cm3 8. 1,520.875 cm3

9. a. 24 cm2 10. a. 32 sq ftb. 84 cm3 or b. 192 cu ft or

84,000 mm3 7.1 cu yd11. 208 mm3 12. 28 cu in.13. a. 10,048.013� cm3 14. a. 2,343.75� m3

b. 31,600 cm3 b. 7,360 m3

15. a. 16. a.b. 257 cu in.

b. 1 cm3

17. a. 18. a. 4.5� cu ftb. 8,181 cm3 b. 14 cu ft

19. a. 5%b. 9.8%c. 14.3%

Applying Skills20. a. 58 cm3 21. approx. 11,875.22 gal

b. 4 cu in.22. a. 670 sq in. 23. a. approx. 395.69 cm3

b. 1,200 cu in. b. approx. 0.40 Lc. cu ft

24. 576 cu in. 25. 100 cu yd26. a. 2,590,000 m3

b. 91,800,000 cu ft

Review Exercises (pages 294–296)1. m�AEC � 50 2. 90°3. 55° 4. 70°5. 58°, 60°, 62° 6. m�GHD � 737. x � 24 8. m�GHD � 709. a. m�A � 50, m�R � 80, m�T � 50

b. Acutec. Isosceles but not equilateral

10. 65°, 65°, 50° 11. 130°, 50°12. m�A �36, m�B � 54, m�C � 9013. 90°, 30° 14. 80°, 100°15. a.

A B

CD

y

xO

1

–1 1

23

2,60416p cm3

49150p cm3

32623p mm3 or812

3p cu in.

140#

b. (�3, 5)c. AB � 10, CD � 12, AE � 6d. 66 sq units

16. AB � CD � 25, BC � AD � 1917. 59.4 cu in. 18. 127 sq in.19. a. 72.25 cm3 20. a. 987.5 cm2

b. 72 ml b. 489,800 cm3

c. Yes. With c. 489.8 Lsignificant digits,both answers are the same.

Exploration (pages 296–297)a. [area of rectangle � area of 30° sector]b. 2� [area of 180° sector]c. [area of 260° sector]d. [2(area of 60° sector)]e. [2(area of 90° sector � area of rt. triangle

with legs of length 1)]

f. [2(area of 60° sector � area of eq.

triangle with sides of length 2)]

Cumulative Review (pages 297–299)Part I

1. 1 2. 4 3. 24. 3 5. 2 6. 47. 3 8. 3 9. 1

10. 1Part II

11. w � x � 2;

12. x � �5; 7(x � 2) � 3(x � 2), 7x � 14 � 3x � 6,4x � �20, x � �5

Part III13. 130 oz and 142 oz or 8 lb 2 oz and 8 lb 14 oz14. a. x � b. x � 0.17Part IV15. 3 hr at 40 mph, 8 hr at 60 mph; 40x � 60(11 � x) �

600, x � 316. a. 270 sq ft; (9.0 � 12) � (9.0 � 4.5) � (12 � 4.5) �

(15 � 4.5) � 270b. 240 cu ft; (9.0 � 12) � 4.5 � 2431

2

7 2 3ba

x 1 4qx 1 2

x2 1 6x 1 8 x2 1 4x 2x 1 8 2x 1 8 0

43p 2 2"3

12p 2 1

13p

269 p

6 1 34p

320

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:38 AM Page 320

Page 60: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

321

8-1 The Pythagorean Theorem(pages 305–306)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. The square of the length of the hypotenuse isequal to the sum of the squares of the lengths of

the other two sides: (5k)2 (3k)2 � (4k)2, 25k2

9k2 � 16k2, 25k2 � 25k2

2. Yes. The square of the length of the hypotenuse isequal to the sum of the squares of the lengths of

the other two sides: (2n � 1)2 � (2n2 � 2n)2

(2n2 � 2n � 1)2, (4n2 � 4n � 1) � (4n4 � 8n3 �

4n2) 4n4 � 8n3 � 8n2 � 4n � 1, 4n4 � 8n3 �8n2 � 4n � 1 � 4n4 � 8n3 � 8n2 � 4n � 1

Developing Skills3. c � 5 4. c � 17 5. b � 86. b � 5 7. a � 8 8. a � 159. c � 2 10. c � 2 11. b � 1

12. a. 13. a.b. c � 3.61 b. c � 4.24

14. a. 15. a.b. b � 6.93 b. c � 7.28

16. a. 17. a.b. a � 3.32 b. b � 5.39

18. 19.20. 21.22. 25 in. 23. 41 cm24. 53 ft 25. 145 m26. 25 yd 27. 30 mm28. a. 56 cm 29. 17 in.

b. 1,848 cm2

30. 72.9 mApplying Skills31. 36 ft 32. 15.8 ft33. 26 km 34. 596 ft35. Yes. The distance between their homes is 2,163 ft,

which is less than the device’s maximum range of2,640 ft.

36. 127.3 ft

8-2 The Tangent Ratio (pages 311–312)Writing About Mathematics

1. In a right triangle with a 45° angle, the thirdangle measures 45°, so the triangle is isosceles.Since the legs of an isosceles triangle are congruent, tan 45° � � 1.

oppadj 5 x

x

x 5 "48 5 4"3x 5 "27 5 3"3x 5 "32 5 4"2x 5 "8 5 2"2

b 5 "29a 5 "11

c 5 "53b 5 "48 5 4"3

c 5 "18 5 3"2c 5 "13

5?

5?

5?

5?

2.

Let the lengths of the sides of the equilateraltriangle be equal to 1. Each half of the side cutby the altitude has length . By the Pythagorean

Theorem, the length of the altitude is .There-

fore, tan 30° � .

This matches the calculator result.Developing Skills

3. a. 1 4. a.b. 1 b.

5. a. 6. a.b. b.

7. 8.9. 0.1763 10. 0.4663 11. 2.7475

12. 1.4281 13. 0.0175 14. 57.290015. 0.7265 16. 2.3559 17. 5°18. 20° 19. 29° 20. 45°21. 64° 22. 72° 23. 21°24. 37° 25. 61° 26. 19°27. 8° 28. 71° 29. Increase30. a. tan 20° � 0.3640, tan 40° � 0.8391

b. NoApplying Skills31. a. 1 32. a. 33. a. � 0.5

b. 45° b. 24° b. 27°c. � 2.25 c. � 2d. 66° d. 63°

34. a. 1 35. a.b. 1 b.

c. 1

8-3 Applications of the Tangent Ratio (pages 315–317)Writing About Mathematics

1. The angle of depression is the angle determinedby the horizontal line and the line of sight fromthe top of the building. The angle Zack labeledis the complement of the angle of depression,so it measures 26°.

sr

rs

105

94

12

49 5 0.4

512 5 0.4164

3 5 1.3

kt

65 5 1.2

tk

56 5 0.83

125 5 2.4

512 5 0.416

12

4"3

25 1

2? 2"3

5 1"3

< 0.57735

"32

12

30°

1

12_

60°

_2

"3

Chapter 8.Trigonometry of the Right Triangle

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:39 AM Page 321

Page 61: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

2. The angle of elevation from point A to point Brelies on a horizontal line that is parallel to thehorizontal line used in determining the angle ofdepression from point B to point A.The line ofsight from A to B is the same as from B to A,and acts as a transversal of the parallel lines.Thismeans that the angle of elevation from A to B andthe angle of depression from B to A are alternateinterior angles and therefore congruent.

Developing Skills3. 23 ft 4. 28 ft 5. 15 ft6. 7 ft 7. 29 ft 8. 27°9. 34° 10. 50 ft 11. 45°

Applying Skills12. 58 m 13. 22.5 ft 14. 1,470 ft15. 14 m 16. 187 m 17. 78 ft18. 45° 19. 74° 20. 69°21. a. 35°

b. 55°c. 110°d. 70°

8-4 The Sine and Cosine Ratios (pages 320–322)Writing About Mathematics

1. In triangle ABC, sin A � and

cos B � , so sin A � cos B.

2. In right triangle ABC with legs of lengths a and b and hypotenuse of length c, and

. The lengths of the legs of a righttriangle are always less than the length of thehypotenuse, so a � c and b � c. Therefore

, so sin A � 1 and cos A � 1.Developing Skills

3. a. 4. a.

b. b.

c. c.

d. d.

5. a. 6. a.

b. b.

c. c.

d. d.

7. 8.9. 0.3090 10. 0.6691 11. 0.8480

12. 0.9703 13. 0.0175 14. 0.999815. 0.9336 16. 0.8192 17. 0.766018. 0.5150 19. 0.2756 20. 0.034921. 11° 22. 57° 23. 20°

1213 5 0.9230763

5 5 0.6

kp

2129 < 0.7241

rp

2029 < 0.6897

rp

2029 < 0.6897

kp

2129 < 0.7241

513 5 0.3846156

10 5 0.6

1213 5 0.9230768

10 5 0.8

1213 5 0.9230768

10 5 0.8

513 5 0.3846156

10 5 0.6

ac , 1 and bc , 1

cos A 5 bc

sin A 5 ac

adjhyp 5 BC

AB 5 ac

opphyp 5 BC

AB 5 ac

24. 20° 25. 86° 26. 27°27. 63° 28. 87° 29. 3°30. 11° 31. 13° 32. 61°33. 31° 34. 35° 35. 54°36. 73° 37. 7° 38. 30°39. a. sin 25° ≈ 0.4226, sin 50° ≈ 0.7660

b. No40. a. cos 25° ≈ 0.9063, cos 50° ≈ 0.6428

b. No41. a. Increase 42. a. 20° 43. a. 40°

b. Decrease b. 67° b. 73°c. 52° c. 8°d. (90 � x)° d. (90 � x)°

44. a. 0.5 45. a. 0.5b. 30° b. 60°

46. a. 47. a.

b. b.

c. c.

d. d.

e. 62° e. 10°f. 28° f. 80°

48. a. 49. a.

b. b.

c. c.

d. d.

e. 67° e. 19°f. 23° f. 71°

50. a.

b. sin 30° � 0.5, cos 30° ≈ 0.8660c. None

51. 45°

8-5 Applications of the Sine and CosineRatios (pages 325–327)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes; tan A � , cos A � , so (tan A)(cos A) �

� sin A

2. No. Both sin A and cos A have values less than

1 . If cos A was the reciprocal

of sin A, cos A would equal , but this is greater than 1. Therefore, cos A cannot be the reciprocalof sin A.

Developing Skills3. 14 cm 4. 112 cm 5. 82 cm6. 24 cm 7. 28 cm 8. 18 cm9. 21 cm 10. 26 cm 11. 37 cm

hypopp

A opphyp , 1,

adjhyp , 1 B

A oppadj B A

adjhyp B 5

opphyp

adjhyp

oppadj

cos A 5"3

2sin A 5 12,

1237 5 0.32412

13 5 0.923076

3537 5 0.9455

13 5 0.384615

3537 5 0.9455

13 5 0.384615

1237 5 0.32412

13 5 0.923076

1161 < 0.180315

17 < 0.8824

6061 < 0.98368

17 < 0.4706

6061 < 0.98368

17 < 0.4706

1161 < 0.180315

17 < 0.8824

322

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:39 AM Page 322

Page 62: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

12. 40° 13. 30° 14. 44°15. 42°Applying Skills16. 5.7 m 17. 309 ft 18. 10 m19. 7,700 ft 20. 55° 21. 7°22. 8 ft 23. 2.0 m 24. 1,500 ft25. 142 m 26. 33° 27. 26°28 a. 104 ft 29. 1870 cm2 30. 24 ft

b. 48.6 ftc. 282 ftd. 24,300 sq fte. 697 ft

8-6 Using the Three TrigonometricFunctions to Solve Problems (pages 328–331)Writing About Mathematics

1. Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the lengthof the third side. Calculate sin�1, cos�1, or tan�1

of the ratios of the lengths of appropriate sidesto find the measures of the acute angles.

2. No. Angle measures of a triangle determine theratio of the sides, not their specific measures. Inorder to find the measures of the sides, at leastone side length must be given.

Developing Skills3. 17 ft 4. 29 ft 5. 19 ft6. 16 ft 7. 34° 8. 37°9. 19° 10. 23 ft 11. 9.4

12. 17.9 13. 9° 14. 60°15. 5 16. 50°17. AD � 16, DB � 9, CD � 12; �B � 53°18. a. 52 19. 34° 20. a. 20

b. 23° b. 2821. a. 14 22. l � 18, 23. a. 72

b. 13 w � 13 b. 5424. a. AC � 95, BC � 31

b. 1002 � 10,000; 952 � 312 � 9,986; 10,000 ≈ 9,986Applying Skills25. 131 m 26. 288 ft 27. 520 m28. 40 ft 29. 2,400 ft 30. 26°31. a. 58 m 32. a. 99 ft

b. 104 m b. 203 ft

Review Exercises (pages 332–334)1. Responses will vary.

a. Talia can first use the sine function to findthe measure of hypotenuse AB: AB � 4.5 �sin 43° ≈ 6.6. Then she can find the measureof AC using either the cosine function or thePythagorean Theorem: AC � 6.6 cos 43° ≈ 4.8 or AC � ≈ 4.8"6.62 2 4.52

b. Talia can use sine or cosine ratios to find themeasure of the second side, and then useeither sine or cosine ratios or the PythagoreanTheorem to find the measure of the third side.She can then calculate the ratio to find the tangent of the angle.

2. The sine of an angle is never greater than 1.3. 4. 5.6. 7. 8.9. 27 cm 10. 13 cm 11. 29 cm

12. 101 cm 13. 60° 14. 22515. 34 16. 28 17. 30°18. 29° 19. 38 m 20. 53°21. 320 ft 22. a. 45 yd 23. 6

b. 95 yd24. a. 75°, 75°, 30° 25. a. 42

b. 91.1 cm b. 84c. 47.2 cm c. 36.9°d. 229.4 cm d. 22.6°e. 2076.8 cm2 e. 59.5°

Exploration (page 334)

a. b.

c. d.

e.

Cumulative Review (pages 334–336)Part I

1. 4 2. 3 3. 1 4. 1 5. 26. 4 7. 1 8. 4 9. 1 10. 3

Part II11. a.

b. 54 sq units; responses will vary. Split ABCDEinto two trapezoids using point F(7, 0): area ofABCDE � area of ABFE � area of CDEF.Area of ABFE � � 14 sq units,and area of CDEF � � 40 sq units,so area of ABCDE � 14 � 40 � 54 sq units.

12(5)(7 1 9)

12(2)(5 1 9)

E

A B

D C

y

xO1

1

ns2

4 tan A90 2 180n B

s2

4 tan A90 2 180n Bs

2tan A90 2 180n B

180 2 360n

2 or 90 2 180n

360n

815

817

1517

1517

158

817

oppadj

323

14271AKTE1.pgs 9/25/06 10:39 AM Page 323

Page 63: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

324

9-1 Relations and Functions (pages 344–346)Writing About Mathematics

1. For each number of miles driven, there is one andonly one associated cost.

2. The domain would be the set of whole numbers:{x � x � whole numbers}

Developing Skills3. 6 4. 0 5. �46. 5.5 7. �4 8. 99. 10. 4 11.

12. �12 13. Yes 14. No15. Yes 16. No 17. Yes18. Yes 19. No 20. Yes21. No 22. Yes 23. No24. Yes 25. Yes 26. No27. Yes 28. Yes 29. Yes30. No. There are two y-values for x-values �5

and 6.31. No. There are two y-values for x-values 25

and 81.

32. a. {25, 27} 33. a.

b. {3, 15, 27, . . . } b. {0, 1, 2, . . . }34. a. {�13, �14} 35. a. {12, 13}

b. {�2, �8, �14, . . . } b. {1, 7, 13, . . . }Applying Skills36. a. y � 5 � 2.5x

b. Answers will vary but must have domain x � 0. Examples: (1, 7.50), (2, 15)

c. Yes

U116 , 2V

51441

2

37. a. x � 2y � 54b. Answers will vary but must have domain

0 � x � 27. Examples: (2, 26), (6, 12)c. Yes

38. a. y � 265 � 30xb. Answers will vary but must have domain

0 � x � 8.83. Examples: (1, 235), (2, 205)c. No

39. a. y � 2 � 0.4xb. Answers will vary but must have domain

x � 0. Examples: (1, 2.2), (1.5, 2.3)c. No

40. a. Length Width Area

3 176 � 2(3) 3[176 � 2(3)] � 510

4 176 � 2(4) 4[176 � 2(4)] � 672

5 176 � 2(5) 5[176 � 2(5)] � 830

6 176 � 2(6) 6[176 � 2(6)] � 984

7 176 � 2(7) 7[176 � 2(7)] � 1,134

b. Yes; A � x(176 � 2x) for {x � x � 0}41. a. 2x � y � 10

b. (0, 10), (1, 8), (2, 6), (3, 4), (4, 2), (5, 0)c. (0, 10), (5, 0)d. Answers will vary but must have domain

0 � x � 5 with x not an integer. Examples:(2.5, 5), (3.75, 2.5)

e. The domains are different. In problem 1, x andy must be integers with domain 0 � x � 5. Inproblem 2, x and y can be any positive rationalnumbers with domain 0 � x � 5.

42. {(r, h) � r2h � 102, where r and h are both positive}

Chapter 9. Graphing Linear Functions and Relations

12. ; sin 30° �

Part III13. 2.0 mi; tan 57° � , 1.3 tan 57° � x, x � 2.0

57°

State St.1.3 mi

Holt Rd.

Pla

nk R

d.

{

x

x1.3

A

BC

6x2 – 4x 2x

6x2 2 4x2x , 12 5 3x 2 2, 3x 5 5

2, x 5 56

56

14. Benny: lawyer, basketball; Carlos: doctor, soccer;Danny: engineer, baseball

Baseball Basketball Soccer Doctor Engineer Lawyer

Benny X � X X X �

Carlos X X � � X X

Danny � X X X � X

Part IV15. 32 sq ft; radius of the tree: C � 2r, C � 9.5, 2r �

9.5, r � 1.52; area of tree: A � 1.5122 � 7.182;outer radius of garden � 1.512 � 2.0 � 3.512; areaof garden � 3.5122 � 7.182 � 38.749 � 7.182 �31.567

16. Height � 0.5 in., width � 3.75 in.; ;3.75 · 8 � 5x, 30 � 5x, x � 6; 6.5 � 6 � 0.5

3.75x 5 5

8

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 324

Page 64: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

9-2 Graphing Linear Functions Using TheirSolutions (pages 350–352)Writing About Mathematics

1. Any point on the line x � y � 4. The sum of thex-coordinate and y-coordinate of each orderedpair is 4.

2. (3, 3); explanations will vary. Students may plotthe points and note the line that goes throughthree of the points does not go through (3, 3).

Developing Skills3. Yes 4. No 5. No6. Yes 7. Yes 8. No9. Yes 10. 1 11. 4

12. �1 13. Any number 14. 715. 8 16. 3 17. �518. y � �3x � 1 19. y � 4x � 6 20. y � 3x

21. y � 8x 22. y � �2x � 4 23. y �

24. a. x y

0 0

1 4

2 8

25. a. x y

�1 �2

0 1

1 4

26. a. x y

�1 2

2

5 �1

12

2x 2 53

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

–1–1

1O

y

xx = 2y – 3

1

y

xy = –x

O1

1–1–1

y

x

y = –3x

O

1–1–1

y

xO

1

1–1

y =

5x

y

y = x

xO

1

1–1

325

b. y

xO

1

1–1

y =

4x

b. y

xO

1

1–1

y =

3x

+ 1

b. y

x

x + 2y = 3O1

1–1–1

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 325

Page 65: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

32.

33.

34.

35.

36. y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = –2x + 4

y

xO

1

1–1

y =

3x +

1

y

xO

1–1–1

y =

2x –

1

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = x

+ 3

y

xO

1

1–1–1x

= –

y +

11 2

37.

38.

39.

40.

41. y

xO1

1–1

x – 2y = 0

y

x

2

2–2–2

3x + y = 12

y

xO

1

1–1

–1

y – x

= 0

y

xO

1

1–1–1

x – y

= 5

y

xO1

1–1

x + y = 8

326

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 326

Page 66: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

42.

43.

44.

45.

46. y

xO1

1–1–1

2x + 3y = 6

y

xO

2

2–2–2

x + 3y = 12

y

xO

1

1–1–1

3x –

y =

–6

y

x

O1

1–1

–1

2x –

y =

6

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y –

3x =

–5

47.

48.

49.

50.

51. a.

b. (2, �1), (�2, �3), or any other point satisfying x � 2y � 4

y

xO

1

1–1–1

(4, 0)

(0, –2)

y

x

4x =

3y

O1

1–1–1

y

xO

1

1–1–1

2x =

y –

4

y

xO

3

3–3–3

x – 3y = 9

y

xO

1

1–1–1

3x –

2y

= –4

327

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 327

Page 67: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

52. a.

b. YesApplying Skills53. a. y � 2x

b.

54. a. y � x � 2b.

55. a. x � y � 6b.

56. a. x � y � 1 b. y

x

O1

1

x –y =

1

y

xO

1

1

x + y = 6

y

x

y = x

+ 2

O1

1

y

xO

1

1

y =

2x

y

xO

1

1–1–1

(–2, 3)

(1, –3)

57. a. 3x � y � 6b.

58. a. 2x � y � 9b.

59. a. y � 2x� 5b.

60. a. x � y � 30b.

9-3 Graphing a Line Parallel to an Axis(pages 353–354)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. The equation of the y-axis is x � 0; all pointswith an x-coordinate of 0, such as (0, 0), (0, 1) and(0, �2), lie on the y-axis. The correct equation ofthe x-axis is y � 0.

5

5O

y

x

x + y = 30

y

x

y =

2x +

5

1

1O

y

xO

2x + y = 9

1

1

y

xO

11

3x + y = 6

328

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 328

Page 68: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

2. No. To intersect the x-axis, the y-coordinate of apoint must be 0. However, every point on the liney � 4 has a y-coordinate of 4.

Developing Skills3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

x

1

1

y

O–1–1

y = 1 12–

x1

y

O–1–1

x =

–1 2

x

y = –7

2

2

y

O–2–2

x

y = –4

1

1

y

O

–1–1

x

y = 0

1

1

y

O

–1–1

x

y = 5

1

1

y

O

–1

x

y = 4

1

1–1

y

O–1

1

1–1

y

xO

x =

–5

–1

1

1–1

y

xOx

= –

3

–11–1

y

xO

x =

0

–1

1

1–1

y

xO x

= 4

–1

1

1–1

y

xO x

= 6

15. 16.

17. 18. a. y � 1b. y � 5c. y � �4d. y � �8e. y � 2.5f. y � �3.5

19. a. x � 3 b. x � 10 c. x � �4.5d. x � �6 e. x � 2.5 f. x � �5.2

20. (2) 21. (3) 22. (4)Applying Skills23. a. $25 b. y � 2524. a. Rectangle on

graphb. y � �1, x � 4,

y � 5, x � �2 c. Dashed lines

on graphd. x � 1, y � 2

25. a. y � 5,432 26. a. y � 74,000b. 5,432; 5,432 b. 74,000; 74,000

9-4 The Slope of a Line (pages 360–363)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes;2. If any two points have the same x-value, then the

change in x is 0; , which is undefined,

so the line has no slope.Developing Skills

3. a. Positive slope 4. a. No slopeb.

5. a. Zero slope 6. a. Negative slopeb. m � 0 b. m � �1

7. a. Positive slope 8. a. Negative slopeb. m � 3 b. m � �2

m 5 32

y1 2 y

2

x 2 x 5y

12y

20

y1 2 y

2

x1 2 x25 4 2 2

22 2 4 5 226 5 21

3

x

1

1

y

O–1–1

y = 3.5

x

1

1

y

O–1–1x = – –32

x

1

1

y

O–1–1

y = –2.5

329

y

xO

A B

D C

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 329

Page 69: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

9. a. b. m � 1

10. a. b. m � 2

11. a. b. m � �2

12. a. b. m � 2y

xO

1

1–1

(1, 5)

(3, 9)

y

x(0, 0)

O

1

1–1–1

(3, –6)

y

xO

1

–1 (0, 0)

(4, 8)

y

xO

1

1–1

–1(0, 0)

(4, 4)

13. a. b.

14. a. b. m ��1

15. a. b. m ��3

16. a. b. m � 0

17. a. b. m � 0y

xO

1

1–1–1

(–1, 3) (2, 3)

y

xO

1

1–1

(8, 2)(4, 2)

yx

O1–1

(5, –2)

(7, –8)

y

xO

1

1–1–1

(–2, 4)

(0, 2)

m 5 23

–1–1

1O

y

x

(1, –1)

(7, 3)

330

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 330

Page 70: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

18.

19.

20.

21.

22. y

xO

1–1–1

(3, 1)

y

xO

1

1–1

(–4, 5)

y

xO

1

1–1–1

(2, –5)

y

xO

1

1–1

(1, 3)

y

xO

1

–1 (0, 0)

23.

24.

25.

26.

27. y

xO

1

1–1–1

(–1, 0)

y

xO

1

1–1–1

(–2, 3)

y

xO1

1–1–1

(2, 4)

y

xO

1

1–1–1

(1, –5)

y

xO

1–1

(–3, –4)

–1

331

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 331

Page 71: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

28.

29.

Applying Skills

30. Slope of , slope of , slope of

31. a.

b. Parallelogram

c. Slope of , slope of d. The slopes are equal.e. The slopes are equal.f. The slopes are equal.g. Slope of , slope of h. Yes

32. a.b.c. foot vertical rise per horizontal footd. foot vertical descent per horizontal foot

33. $0.02 per minute34. $.075 per hundred cubic feet35. a. m � 0.08 or

b. 0.08 foot vertical rise per horizontalfoot

Aor 225 B

225

23

12

m 5 223

m 5 12

CD 5 0AB 5 0

ADvh

5 23BCvh

5 23

y

xO

A B

CD

1

1–1–1

AC 5 21BC 5 1AB 5 0

y

xO

1–1–1

(–2, 0)

y

xO

1

1–1–1

(0, 2)

9-5 The Slopes of Parallel andPerpendicular Lines (pages 365–366)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. No slope; the negative reciprocal of 0 is ,which is undefined.

b. 0; the negative reciprocal of a fraction withundefined slope (denominator of 0) hasnumerator of 0.

2. y increases unit for each 1-unit increase in x.Developing SkillsIn 3–11, part a, answers will vary. Examples are given.

3. a. (0, 6), (�3, 0) 4. a. (0, �2), (2, 0)b. 2 b. 1c. 2 c. 1d. d. �1

5. a. (0, 7), (1, 4) 6. a. (0, 0), (3, 1)b. �3 b.

c. �3 c.d. d. �3

7. a. (0, �4), (4, 0) 8. a. (0, �2), (3, 0)b. 1 b.c. 1 c.d. �1 d.

9. a. (�1, 0), (1, 1) 10. a. (4, 0), (4, 1)b. b. No slopec. c. No sloped. �2 d. 0

11. a. (0, �5), (1, �5)b. 0c. 0d. No slope

Applying Skills12. a. $6

b. $9c.

d. y � 0.75x � 3 or y �e. $3f. $0.75 per mile

34x 1 3

y

x

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Trip (miles)

Cos

t ($)

12

12

232

23

23

13

13

13

212

14

210

332

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 332

Page 72: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

13. a. 120°b. 130°c.

d. y � 2x � 100e. 2° per second

9-6 The Intercepts of a Line (page 369)Writing About Mathematics

1. No.The equation is not in slope-intercept form.When transformed to , the y-intercept is seen to be 4.

2. No.The coefficient of x is 1 and the constant termis 0.Written as y � 1x � 0, it can be observed thatthe slope is 1 and the y-intercept is 0.

Developing Skills3. m � 3, b � 1, x-intercept �4. m � �1, b � 3, x-intercept � 35. m � 2, b � 0, x-intercept � 06. m � 1, b � 0, x-intercept � 07. no slope, no y-intercept, x-intercept � �38. m � 0, b � �2, no x-intercept9. m � , b � 4, x-intercept � 6

10. m � 3, b � 7, x-intercept �11. m � �2, b � 5, x-intercept �12. m � 2, b � 3, x-intercept �13. m � , b � �2, x-intercept �14. m � , , x-intercept �15. m � , b � 0, x-intercept � 016. m � , b � 2, x-intercept � �517. m � , b � 3, x-intercept � 218. m � , b � , x-intercept �19. The slope of each equation is 4.20. The y-intercept of each equation is 1.21. The slopes are equal. 22. The lines are parallel.23. Parallel 24. Neither25. Perpendicular 26. Perpendicular27. (3) 28. (1)

5421

225

232

25

43

232b 5 9

432

45

52

232

52

273

223

213

y 5 232x 1 4

Time (seconds)

Tem

pera

ture

(de

gree

s)y

x

150145140135

125120115110105100

605 10 15 20 25303540 50 5545

130

9-7 Graphing Linear Functions Using TheirSlopes (pages 373–374)Writing About Mathematics

1. When x � 0, y � m(0) � b so y � b. Therefore,(0, b) is a point on the graph.

2. Yes. Moving up 2 units and to the left 3 unitsfrom the y-intercept will locate those points onthe line with negative x-values.

3. Yes. In a vertical transla-tion of c units, y � x � c.Therefore, the new y-intercept is c. The newx-intercept is �c, whichmeans that the graphshifted horizontally �cunits. Reflecting acrossthe x-axis has the sameeffect as reflectingacross the y-axisbecause an untranslatedline is symmetricthrough the origin.

Developing Skills4.

5.

6. y

xO

1–1–1

y = –2x

y

xO1

1–1

y =

2x

y

xO

1

1–1–1y

= 2x

+ 3

333

y

x(–c, 0)

(0, c)

y

x

y = –x

y = x

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 333

Page 73: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

7.

8.

9.

10.

11. y

xO

1

1–1

y = – –x + 6

34

y

xO

1

–1–1 y = – –x1

3

y

xO1

–1

y = –x – 112

–1–1

1O

y

x

y = –x + 22

3

1

y

xO

1

1–1

y = –3x – 2

12.

13.

14.

15.

16. y

xO1

1–1–1

3y =

4x

+ 9

y

xO

1

1–1

4x =

2y

y

xO

1

1–1–1

x y

2 3– + – = 1

y

xO

1

1–1–1

3x + y = 4

y

xO

2

2–2–2

y –

2x =

8

334

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 334

Page 74: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22. Reflected across the x-axis and shifted 2 units up23. Reflected across the x-axis, compressed vertically

by a factor of , and shifted 2 units down24. Stretched vertically by a factor of 2 and shifted

1.5 units up25. Shifted 4 units up

13

y

xO

1

1–1–12x – 3y – 6 = 0

–1–1

1O

y

x1

3y – x = 5

y

xO

1

1–1

2x = 3y – 1

y

xO

1

1–1–1

3x + 4y = 7

y

x

O1

1–1–1

5x –

2y

= 3

Applying Skills26. a.

b. 1c. y � 2x � 1d. Yes

27. a.

b. 3c.d. Yes

28. a. Yesb.c.

d. The y-intercept, , is a fractional value,so points located by counting 3 units up and2 units over from the y-intercept will alsohave fractional values.

9-8 Graphing Direct Variation (pages 376–378)Writing About Mathematics

1. The unit of measure for the flour and for themilk is the same (ounces). Therefore, no unit ofmeasure is associated with ratio.

2. Yes. Since 1 quart � 4 cups, the ingredients arestill being used in a 1 : 4 ratio.

212

y

xO1

1–1

3x –

2y

= 1

(1, 1)

32

y 5 23x 1 3

–1 1

1O

y

x

(3, 5)

y

xO

1

1–1

(–2, –3)

335

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 335

Page 75: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills3. a. 4

b. y � 4xc.

d. 44. a. 45 words/min

b. y � 45xc.

d. 455. a. 16 characters/sec

b. y � 16xc.

d. 16

y

xO

y =

16x

100908070605040302010

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Cha

ract

ers

Seconds

y

xO

135

120

105

90

75

60

45

30

15

1 2 3 4

Wor

ds

Minutes

y =

45x

y

xO

y =

4x

Per

imet

er

Side

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6. a.b.c.

d.7. a. 10

b. y � 10xc.

d. 108. a. slices/oz

b.c.

d. 53

y

xO

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

6 12 18 24 30 Ounces

Slic

es

y = – x53

y 5 53x

53

y

xOy

= 10

x

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

Pho

togr

aphs

Negatives

43

y

xO

10987654321

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

y =

– x43F

lour

Sugar

y 5 43x

43

336

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 336

Page 76: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

9. a. lb/personb.c.

d.10. a. slice/oz

b. y � xc.

d.11. a. hit/at bat

b. y � xc.

d.12. a. cal/cracker

b.c.

d. 203

y

xO

Crackers

Cal

orie

s

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

1 2 3 4

y =

– x20 3

y 5 203 x

203

14

y

xO

Hit

s

At bats

9

6

3

3 6 9 12 15 18

y = – x14

14

14

32

y

xO

y = – x32

Slic

es o

f che

ese

Weight (oz)

12

10

8

6

4

2

2 4 6 8 10 12

32

32

15

y

O

People

Poun

ds o

f mea

t963

3 6 9 12 15 18 21

y = – x15

x

y 5 15x

15

Applying Skills

13. a. 30 mphb.

c. 44 feet/secondd.

14. a. 3.5 characters/secb.

c. 42 words/mind.

15. Yes; P � 4s 16. No17. No 18. Yes; I � 0.025P

y

xO

y = 42

x

160

120

80

40

1 2 3 4

y

xO

y =

210x

Cha

ract

ers

Minutes

400

300

200

100

1 2 3

y

x

y =

44x

O

Dis

tanc

e (f

t)

T ime (sec)

88

77

66

55

44

33

22

11

1 2 3 4 5

y

O x

y =

30x

Time (hr)

Dis

tanc

e (m

i)

605040302010

1 2 3 4 5

337

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 337

Page 77: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

19. Yes; c � 0.39i20. Yes; d � s

9-9 Graphing First-Degree Inequalities inTwo Variables (pages 381–382)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. Solving the inequality for y yields y � 2x � 5,which is the region below 2x � y � 5.

2. No. The line x � 2 is excluded from both thegraph of x � 2 and the graph of x � 2. Therefore,it is excluded from their union.

Developing Skills3. y � 2x 4. y � 5. y � x � 36. y � �2x 7. y � 3x � 4 8. y �

9.

10.

11.

12. y

xO

1

1–1

y = –3

y –3

–1

y

xO

1

1–1

y = 5

y 5

y

xO

1

1–1–1

x =

2x –2

y

xO

1

1 2 3–1–1

x =

4

x 4

34x 1 3

52x

13.

14.

15.

16.

17. y

xO

1

1–1–1

x – 2y = 4

x – 2y 4

y

xO

1–1–1

x –y =

–1x – y –1

y

xO

1

1–1x + y = –3x + y –3

y

xO

1

1–1

y = – x + 312

y – x + 312

y

xO

1

–1–1

y x – 2

y = x

– 2

338

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 338

Page 78: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

18.

19.

20.

21.

22. y

x

– + – = 1x2

y5

– + – 1x2

y5

1

–1O

y

x

9 – x = 3y

9 – x 3y1

–1–1O

y

x12–y = –x + 1

13

12–y –x + 11

3

1–1

O

y

xO

1

–1 2x – 3y = 6

2x – 3y 6

y

x

2y – 6 x 0

2y –

6 x

= 0

O

1

1–1

23.

24. a. y � x � 3b.

25. a. x � y � 5b.

26. a. y � 3x � 2b.

Applying SkillsIn 27–31, part c, answers will vary. Examples are given.27. a. y � x

b.

c. (4, 6)

1

1

O

y

x

y = x

y x

y

x

y –

3x =

2y – 3 x 2

O1–1

y

x

x + y = 5

x + y 5

O

1–1–1

y

xO

1–1–1

y x + 3

y = x

+ 3

y

x

2x + 2y – 6 = 0

2x + 2y – 6 0

1–1O

1

339

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 339

Page 79: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

28. a. y �

b.

c. (50, 20)29. a. y � x � 2

b.

c. (6, 9)30. a. y � x � 4

b.

c. (12, 15)31. a. x � y � 5

b.

c. (2.75, 3.00)

9-10 Graphs Involving Absolute Value (page 387)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. For x � 0, �2x� � 2x, so y � �2x� � 1 is the graphof y � 2x � 1. For x � 0, �2x� � �2x, so y � �2x� � 1is the graph of y � �2x � 1.

1

1O

y

x

x + y 5x + y = 5

y

xO

1

1

y = x

+ 4

y x + 4

1

1

O

y

x

y = x

+ 2y x + 2

1

1

O

y

x

y – x12

y = – x12

12x 2. No. For �5 � x � 5, �x� � �y� � 5 has two y-values.

Therefore, it is not a function.3. Yes. We know that �cx� � �c� �x�. For c � 0, �c� � c,

so the graph of y � �cx� is the same as the graphof y � c�x�.

Developing Skills4.

5.

6.

7.

8. y

xO

1–1–1

y = 2 x

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = x + 3

y

xO

1–1–1

y = x – 1

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = x + 3

y

xO

1

1–1

y = x – 1

340

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 340

Page 80: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

9.

10.

11.

12.

13. y

x1–1

x + y = 4

y

x

y = x

1–1–1

1

y

xO

1–1–1

x + 2 y = 7

y

xO

1–1–1

x + y = 5

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = 2 x + 1

14.

15.

16. Reflected across the x-axis and shifted 1 unitdown

17. Reflected across the x-axis, stretched verticallyby a factor of 2, and shifted 2 units up

18. Shifted 2 units to the left and shifted 3 units down19. Reflected across the x-axis, shifted 1.5 units to

the right, and shifted 4 units up

9-11 Graphs Involving ExponentialFunctions (pages 391–392)Writing About Mathematics

1. If b is negative, then when x is even, y is positivebut when x is odd, y is negative. This would causeits graph to oscillate back and forth betweenpositive and negative y-values.

2. a. When r is positive, the equation representsgrowth. When r is negative, the equationrepresents decay.

b. Yes. If r � 1, then the growth will be morethan 100%, and the original value will morethan double.

c. No. The principal value can never be less thanzero. (Example: The population of a town candecrease, it can even disappear but therecannot be fewer than 0 residents.)

3. Yes. Every y-value for y � 3x � 2 occurs 2 unitsearlier than on the graph of y � 3x. Therefore,the graph is y � 3x shifted 2 units to the left.For every value of x in y � 3x � 2, the y-valueis 2 more than 3x. This means that it is the graphof y � 3x shifted 2 units up.

y

xO

1

1–1

2 x + 4 y – 6 = 0

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y4

x2– + – = 1

341

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 341

Page 81: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills4.

5.

6.

7.

8. y

x–1

1

1

y = (–)x13

y

x2

y = (–) x25

–1 1

y

xO

1–1

1

y = 1.5x

y

x2

y = 4x

1–1

y

x3

y = 3x

1

9.

10. a. (0, 1)b. Upwardc. Downward

11. a. b.

c. They are the same graph.Applying Skills12. 89,580 13. $7,969.2414. $29,936.85 15. 6 mi16. $9.8817. a. No. The total pay would be $5.12.

b. Yes. The total pay would be $167,772.16.

Review Exercises (pages 394–398)1. a. {1, 2, 3, 4}

b. {1, 2, 3}c. No.There are two y-values for x � 1 and x � 3.

2.

Yes. The diagonals of the quadrilateral both havelength 10 and, since they lie on the x- and y-axes,are perpendicular. Therefore, the graph is asquare.

y

xO

1–1–1

x + y = 5

y

x1

1

–1

y = 2–x

y

x1

1

–1

y = (–)x12

y

1

1

xO

y = 1.25x

342

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 342

Page 82: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

3. For each x-value, there are an infinite numberof y-values that make the inequality y � 2x � 1true. Therefore, it is not a function.

4. �25.6. y-intercept � �6, x-intercept � 47. �28. a.

b. Domain � {all real numbers} Range � {all real numbers}

9. a.

b. Domain � {all real numbers} Range � {3}

10. a.

b. Domain � {all real numbers} Range � {all real numbers}

11. a.

b. Domain � {all real numbers} Range � {all real numbers}

–1 1

1O

y

x

x + 2y = 8

y

xO1

1–1

y = –x23

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = 3

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = –x + 2

32

12. a.

b. Domain � {all real numbers} Range � {all real numbers}

13. a.

b. Domain � {all real numbers} Range � {all real numbers}

14. 2 15. 1 16. �217. 2 18. 19. Undefined20. 3 21. None 22. 023. 4 24. (2) 25. (2)26. (1) 27. (2) 28. (4)29. (2) 30. (4) 31. (1)32. (2) 33. (2)34. a–b.

c. Trapezoidd. DA � 10, BC � 6e. 5f. 40 sq units

35. y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = � x – 2 �

y

x

(–3, 3) C B (3, 3)

(–5, –2) D A (5, –2)

O1

1–1–1

212

y

xO

1

–1

2x –

y =

4

2x – y 4

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y – x > 2y –

x = 2

343

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 343

Page 83: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

36.

37.

38.

39. a. y � 2x � 350b. $2.00 per day that the child is not picked up

by 5:00 P.M.c. $356

40. a.

b. 9.6 galc. 300 mid. (9.6, 300)e. Yes. See graphf. 6.4 gal

y

x

500

400

300

200

100

5 10 15 20

Gasoline (gallons)

Mile

s dr

iven (9.6, 300)

O

y

x

3

1–1

y = 2.5x

y

xO

1

1–1–1

x + 2 y = 6

y

xO

1

1–1–1

y = x – 241. a. D � 20

b. 0.625 ftc. No

42. a. F �b.

c. See graphd. Yes. Most points are on or very near the graph

of the equation.43. 2,654 deer

Exploration (page 398)STEP 1.

STEP 2. See graphSTEP 3. m � 1, tan �BAC � 1STEP 4. m�BAC � 45STEP 5. Graphs will vary; slope � tan �BACSTEP 6.

STEP 7. m � �1, tan �BAC � �1STEP 8. Graphs will vary; slope � tan �BACSTEP 9. The slope of a line is equal to the tangent

of the angle whose vertex is the x-interceptand that opens in the positive direction.The measure of this angle is the tan�1 ofthe slope.

y

x

B (b, b)

A (2, 0)C (b, 0)

y

x

B (b, b)

A (2, 0)

C (b, 0)

y

x

100

80

60

40

20

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160O

Chirps per minute

Tem

pera

ture

(°F

)

F = – C + 4014

14c 1 40

A 12 B

s

344

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 344

Page 84: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Cumulative Review (pages 399–400)Part I

1. 1 2. 2 3. 3 4. 3 5. 16. 1 7. 4 8. 3 9. 2 10. 4

Part II11. 20 ft by 28 ft; 2(5x � 7x) � 96, 24x � 96, x � 4,

5 4 � 20, 7 4 � 2812. (11, 2), (11, 9), (4, 9) or (11, 2), (11, �5), (4, �5)

or (�3, 2), (�3, �5), (4, �5) or (�3, 2), (�3, 9),(4, 9); in a square, adjacent sides are perpen-dicular and all sides are congruent. Therefore,point B is either 7 units to the right or to the leftof A with a y-coordinate of 2. Points C and Dshare the same x-coordinates as A and B but are7 units above or below A and B.

y

xO

A

1

1–1–1

Part III13. �2; y � �2x � b, 4 � �2(2) � b, b � 8,

y � �2(5) � 8, y � �214. 3 boxes; 4a � 6b � 42, a � b � 8, b � 8 � a, 4a �

6(8 � a) � 42, 4a � 48 � 6a � 42, �2a � �6, a � 3Part IV15. 6.0 in., 8.5 in., 10.4 in, 12 in.; area of whole

dartboard � 12.02 � 144 with r � 12.0; areaof dartboard � , which makesr � 10.4; area of dartboard � ,which makes r � 8.5; area of dartboard �

� 36, which makes r � 6.16. 12 ft; sin 22° � , x � 124.5

x

14(144p)

14

12(144p) 5 72p1

2

34(144p) 5 108p

34

345

10-1 Writing an Equation Given Slope andOne Point (pages 403–404)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. The y-intercept is a specific point on the line,so Jen is correct that this is the same informationas coordinates of one point and the slope.

2. a.b. (2) Substitution principle

(3) Product of the means equals the productof the extremesDistributive propertyAddition property of equality

Developing Skills3. y � 2x � 2 4. y � 2x � 105. y � �3x � 7 6. y 5 25

3x 2 5

41

7. 8.9. a. y � 2x � 1 10. a. 4x � y � 5

b. b.c. y � 3x � 2d. c. 3x � y � �7e. d.f.

e. 4x � y � 3f.

11. a. y � �x � 7b.c. y 5 1

3x 1 53

y 5 237x 2 57

x 1 4y 5 212

14x 1 y 5 23 or

x 1 3y 5 1y 5 32x

13x 1 y 5 1

3 ory 5 223x

y 5 213x 2 2

x 1 4y 5 14

14x 1 y 5 7

2 ory 5 212x 1 1

y 5 234xy 5 1

2x 1 2

Chapter 10.Writing and Solving Systems of Linear Functions

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 345

Page 85: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Applying Skills12. a. y � x � 3

b. (4, 7); see graphc.d. (6, 6); see graphe.f. Yes

13. a. y � 65x � 12b. 207 mic. 4.2 hr

10-2 Writing an Equation Given Two Points(pages 406–407)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. The coordinates of any point on the linecan be substituted into the equation, and weare given that (4, 11) is a point on the line;11 � 3(4) � b, 11 � 12 � b, b � �1

2. (1) Definition of slope(2) Simplification

Product of the means equals the productof the extremesDistributive propertyAddition property of equality

Developing Skills3.4. y � 2x � 35. y � 2x � 26. y � x � 27.8.9. 3x � y � �1

10.11. a.

b. y � x � 2c. y � 3x � 4d. Yes. Since the slopes of and are

negative reciprocals, the sides of the triangleare perpendicular.

12. No. The quadilateral does not have parallel sides;slope of WX � �1, slope of XY � � , slope of YZ � � , slope of ZW �1

Applying Skills13. a. (2, 7), (5, 13)

b. y � 2x � 3c. {x � x is a whole number}d. {2x � 3 � x is a whole number}

14. a. (3, 123), (1, 65) 15. a. (100, 7), (210, 9.2)b. y � 29x � 36 b. y � 0.02x � 5c. $36 c. $5d. $29/hr d. $0.02/copy

4951

97

CAvh

ABvh

y 5 213x 1 6

53x 1 y 5 0 or 5x 1 3y 5 0

32x 2 y 5 1 or 3x 2 2y 5 2

43x 2 y 5 22

3 or 4x 2 3y 5 22

y 5 52x 1 5

y 5 12x 1 3

y 5 212x 1 9

10-3 Writing an Equation Given theIntercepts (pages 409–410)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. gives the y-intercept 4, but there isno x-intercept since y � 4 is parallel to thex-axis.

b. gives the x-intercept 4, but there isno y-intercept since x � 4 is parallel to they-axis.

2. No. Division by 0 is undefined. The x- andy-intercepts are 0.

Developing Skills3. x-intercept � 5, y-intercept � 54. x-intercept � 6, y-intercept � �25. x-intercept � 10, y-intercept � �26. x-intercept � 1, y-intercept � 27. x-intercept � , y-intercept � 28. x-intercept � 7, y-intercept �9. x-intercept � , y-intercept � �1

10. x-intercept does not exist, y-intercept � �4

11.

12. a.b. �x �y � 1c.

Applying Skills13. a.

b. 514. a. x � 0, y � 0, and one of the following:

b. Yes. The right angle can be in any of thefour quadrants, causing the x- and y-interceptsto have coordinates (7, 0) and (0, 7), (�7, 0)and (0, 7), (�7, 0) and (0, �7), or (7, 0) and(0, �7).

10-4 Using a Graph to Solve a System ofLinear Equations (pages 415–416)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. The lines 2x � y � 7 and 2x � 5 � y areparallel but don’t coincide; that is, they form asystem of inconsistent equations.

2. No. All solutions to y � x � 4 are also solutionsto 2y � 8 � 2x since the second equation canbe shown to be equivalent to y � x � 4 dividedby 2. The lines form a system of dependentequations.

2x7 2

y7 5 1

2x7 1

y7 5 1,

x7 2

y7 5 1,

x7 1

y7 5 1,

x4 1

y3 5 1

3x4 1 3x

5 5 1

x2 2

2y3 5 1

2ba

13

72

83

x4 5 1

y4 5 1

346

y

x

1

1O

A(D)

B

C

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 346

Page 86: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills3. (�1, 3)

4. (0, 3)

5. (4, �3)

6. (3, 2)

7. (1, 3)y

x

1

1O

(1, 3)

y

x

1

1O

(3, 2)

y

x

1

1O

(4, –3)

y

x

1

1O

(0, 3)

y

x

1

1O

(–1, 3)

8. (0, 6)

9. (2, 6)

10. (3, 2)

11. (0, �2)

12. (1, 3)y

x

1

1O

(1, 3)

y

x

1

1O

(0, –2)

y

x

1

1O

(3, 2)

y

x

1

1O

(2, 6)

y

x

1

1O

(0, 6)

347

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 347

Page 87: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

13. (1, 6)

14. (0, �1)

15. (3, �2)

16. (5, �2)

17. (3.5, �2)y

x1O

–1(3.5, –2)

y

x

1

–1O

(5, –2)

y

x1–1

O

(3, –2)

y

x

1

–1O

(0, –1)

y

x

1

1O

(1, 6)

18. (3, 2)

19. (0, 0)

20. (�5, 3)

21. (�2, �2)

22. (�1, 0)y

x–1

O1

(–1, 0)

y

x

1

O 1

(–2, –2)

y

x

1

O

(–5, 3)

y

x

1

1O(0, 0)

y

x

1

1O

(3, 2)

348

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 348

Page 88: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

23. a.

b. Inconsistent24. a.

b. Consistent and dependent25. a.

b. Consistent and independent26. a.

b. Consistent and dependent27. a.

b. Inconsistent

y

x

y

x1O

1

y

x1O

–1

(–2, –3)

y

x1O1

y

x–1

O–1

28. a.

b. Consistent and independentApplying Skills29. a. x � y � 8; x � y � 2

b. 5, 3

30. a. x � y � 5; y � x � 7b. �1, 6

31. a. 2x � 2y � 12; y � 2xb. Length � 4m, width � 2m

y

x

(2, 4)

1O1

y

x

(–1, 6)

1O1

y

x

(5, 3)

1O1

y

x

(2, 1)

1O1

349

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 349

Page 89: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

32. a. 2x � 2y � 14; y � x � 3b. Length � 5 cm, width � 2 cm

33. a. y � 50b. y � 0.2x � 30c.

d. U-Drive-Ite. Safe Travelf. 100 mi

10-5 Using Addition to Solve a System ofLinear Equations (pages 421–422)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. Equation [A] would contain 14x and equation[B] would contain �14x, which as additive inversessum to 0 thereby eliminating the variable x.

2. Yes. Equation [A] would contain �6y and equation[B] would contain 6y, which as additive inversessum to 0 thereby eliminating the variable y.

Developing Skills3. (8, 4) 4. (a, b) � (9, 4)5. (5, 1) 6. (c, d) � (12, �1)7. (a, b) � (8, 4) 8. (a, b) �

9. (m, n) � 10. (3, 2)

11. (�3, 2) 12. (6, 5)13. (10, �6) 14. (�15, 12)15. (r, s) � (2, 1) 16. (�3, 1)17. (�7, 9) 18. (a, b) �19. (6, 5) 20. (r, s) � (6, 0)21. (6, 4) 22. (�8, 3)23. (24, 8) 24. (a, b) � (8, 12)25. (c, d) � (9, 4) 26. (a, b) � (6, 4)

A0, 252 B

A212, 3 B

A 12, 1 B

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 10 20 10090807060504030 110 120 130 140

Distance (miles)

Cos

t (do

llars

)

y

x

(100, 50)

y

x

(2, 5)

1O1

Applying Skills27. $200 in savings, $300 in a CD28. $150 at 3%, $250 at 5%29. $500 at 3%, $100 at 6%30. Robin, 7; Greta, 1431. Kiwi, $0.85; zucchini, $0.6032. 3,000 gal of gasoline; 1,000 gal of kerosene

10-6 Using Substitution to Solve a Systemof Linear Equations (pages 424–426)Writing About Mathematics

1. Solving x � 2y � 2 for x does not require divisionsince the coefficient is 1.

2. There is no solution because the system ofequations is inconsistent.

Developing Skills3. (7, 7) 4. (7, 14)5. (a, b) � (2, �1) 6. (4, 5)7. (a, b) � (�8, �3) 8. (a, b) � (6, 5)9. (a, b) � (4, 3) 10. (5, 4)

11. (d, h) � (7, 1) 12. (6, 4)13. (�4, 3) 14. (5, �1)15. (r, s) � (3, �3) 16. (a, b) � (5, 2)17. (7, 5) 18.19. (6, 18) 20. (a, b) � (10, 9)21. (�3, 4) 22. (60, 240)23. (c, d) � (5, 1) 24. (4, 3)25. (a, b) � (7, 7) 26. (a, b) � (12, �3)Applying Skills27. a. y � 2x � 6 28. a. y � x � 1.16

b. 2x � y � 78 b. 3x � y � 11.48c. 21 cm, 21 cm, c. Film, $ 2.58;

36 cm batteries, $3.7429. a. y � 2x � 0.30 30. a. y � x � 12

b. x � y � 3.9 b. x � y � 54c. Hot dog, $2.50; c. Jessica, 21; Terri, 33

cola, $1.40

10-7 Using Systems of Equations to SolveProblems (pages 429–431)Writing About Mathematics

1. She would have solved x � y � 12 for one of thevariables since the coefficients of x and y areboth 1, causing division to be unnecessary.

2. a. Answers will vary. Example: Substitution isthe most efficient since the first equation caneasily be solved for x or y.

b. Answers will vary. Example: Graphing is the least efficient because the solution involves fractions.

A 25, 35 B

A4, 12 B

350

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 350

Page 90: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills3. 30, 6 4. 35.5, 38.55. 35, 69 6. 10.5, 35.57. 10, 33 8. 30.4, 45.49. 400, 500

Applying Skills10. Length � 17 cm, width � 8 cm11. Length � 14 ft, width � 5 ft12. 30°, 150° 13. 65°, 115°14. 30°, 60° 15. 32°, 58°16. 40°, 70°, 70°17. Pretzel, $0.75; soda, $0.5018. Gardener, $60; helper, $3019. Bat, $9; ball, $4.5020. Veal, $6.25; pork, $2.5021. Brown rice, $2.50/kg; basmati rice, $2.90/kg22. 60 advance tickets, 40 tickets at the door23. 120 rackets24. Four $20 bills, two $10 bills25. Six 39-cent stamps, nine 24-cent stamps26. Squash, $0.49; eggplant, $0.6927. Wilma, $31,500; Roger, $35,50028. $400 at 5%, $1,000 at 8%29. $2,600 at 4%, $1,400 at 6%30. $9,000 at 8%, $12,000 at 6%31. 5 lb of $3/lb candy, 15 lb of $2/lb candy

10-8 Graphing the Solution Set of a Systemof Inequalities (pages 434–435)Writing About Mathematics

1. x � y � 4, y � 2x � 3; by graphing the opposite ofeach of the given inequalities (excluding the planedivider), the solution is the unshaded region of theoriginal system.

2. The points on the line y � 2x � 3 that are abovethe line x � y � 4

3. The empty set; because the plane dividers y � 4xand 4x � y � 3 are parallel, the portions of thegraph above the upper one and below the lowerone will not intersect.

Developing Skills4.

x

y

O

S

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

OS

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

351

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 351

Page 91: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

352

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 352

Page 92: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

20.

21.

22.

23.

24. y � x � 1 25. y � �2xx � 2 y � x � 3

x � 3Applying Skills26. a. y � 2x, x � 2, y � 12

b.

x

y

O

S

2

2

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

x

y

O

S

c. See graph.d. No, only the coordinates that are integers.

There can be no part of a student.e. Answers will vary. Example: (3, 8)

27. a. x � y � 8, x � 1, y � 2b.

c. See graph.d. Yes, mileage can be any positive rational

number.e. Answers will vary. Example: (2.5, 4)

28.

4 cakes, 6 pies; 4 cakes, 7 pies; 4 cakes, 8 pies;5 cakes, 6 pies; 5 cakes, 7 pies; 6 cakes, 6 pies

Review Exercises (pages 436–438)1. (4, �1)2. a. Answers will vary.

b. y � 2x3. y � 3x � 5 4.5. y � �2x � 1 6. y � �37. 8. y � x

9. x � y � 1 10.27x

3 2 3y2 5 1

y 5 223x

y 5 2112x 1 131

2

x

y

O

x

y

O

2

2

x

y

O

R

1

1

353

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 353

Page 93: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

11. 12.

13. 14.15. x � �3 16. 2x � y � 417. 4x � 3y � 118. (4, 2)

19. (3, �3)

20. (�4, 0)

21. (7, �4) 22.23. (c,d) � (4,�12) 24. (�3, 5)25. (r, s) � (10, �5) 26. (0, 7)27. (5, �5) 28. (a, b) � (4, �1)29. (t, u) � (3, 9) 30. (a, b) � (8, 6)31. (400, 600) 32. (t, u) � (2, 4)33. a. (4.5, 1.5) b.

x

y

O

A21, 12 B

x

y

O

(–4, 0)

x

y

O

(3, –3)

x

y

O

(4, 2)

2x2 2

y1 5 1

2x 3 1

4y9 5 1

4x3 2

7y5 5 1x

5 2 y2 5 1 34.

35.

36.

37. x � y � 7, x � y � 18; (12.5, �5.5)38. 3n � 2p � 2.80, 2n � 5p � 2.60; pencil, $0.20;

notebook, $0.8039. x � y � 90, y � 2x � 15; 35°, 55°40. v � 3b, v � 2b � 180; 36°, 36°, 108°41. y � 1.03x, y � 254.41; $247

Exploration (page 439)Robby left first. Jason arrived at school first. Jasonpassed Robby at about 8:22. Robby walked at a rateof 3 mph. Jason biked at a rate of 9 mph.

Cumulative Review (pages 439–441)Part I

1. 4 2. 3 3. 4 4. 3 5. 46. 1 7. 1 8. 4 9. 2 10. 4

Part II11. (2, 0); y � �3x � 6, 0 � �3x � 6, x � 2

12. 2.5%;Part III13. Muffin, $1.25; coffee, $0.80; 2m � c � 3.30,

3m � 2c � 5.35

6,355 2 6,2006,200 5 0.025

x

y

O

A

x

y

O

A

x

y

O

A

354

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 354

Page 94: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

14. 42°; 54.8 ft � 37.2 ft � 17.6 ft, tan �A � ,�A � 42°

Part IV15. a. y � 1.5x � 25

5045403530252015105

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Time (hours)

Cos

t (do

llars

) (10, 40)y = 1.5x + 25

y = 4x

x

y

A

B C

D17.6 ft

37.2 ft

15.8 ft

15.817.6

b. y � 4x; See graph.c. 10 hr; 4x � 1.5x � 25, 2.5x � 25, x � 10

16.

a. 504 cm2; area of ABCD � 24 42 � 1,008 cm2;area of �ADE � � 384 cm2; area of �BCE � � 120 cm2; area of �ABE � 1,008 � 384 � 120 � 504 cm2

b. 106 cm; AE � � 40 cm; BE �

� 26 cm; 42 cm � 40 cm �26 cm � 108 cm"242 1 102

"242 1 322

12(10 ? 24)

12(24 ? 32)

A D

B C

E

24 cm

32 cm

10 cm

355

Introductory Page (page 442)12 arrangements

11-1 Special Products and Factors (page 446)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. All pairs of positive integers have a commonfactor of 1.

2. 200 � 14 � 14.29; Since 14.29 � 14, he could havetried one more number.

Developing Skills3. Prime 4. Composite 5. Prime6. Composite 7. Prime 8. Composite9. Prime 10. Composite 11. Composite

12. Neither 13. 5 7 14. 2 32

15. 24 32 16. 7 11 17. 27

18. 24 52 19. 2 101 20. 3 4321. 2 5 59 22. 22 79 23. 1, 2, 13, 2624. 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50 25. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 3626. 1, 2, 4, 8, 11, 22, 44, 88 27. 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50,

10028. 1, 2, 11, 22, 121, 242 29. 1, 3730. 1, 2, 31, 62 31. 1, 11, 23, 25332. 1, 2, 3, 6, 17, 34, 51, 102 33. 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 14, 35, 7034. 1, 13, 169

35. a. 12xy b. 6y2 c. 3x2

d. 4y3 e. 2y2

36. a. 3c9d12 b. 18c7de c. 27c8d9

d. 9c5d8e e. c4d3

37. 5 38. 4 39. 740. 6 41. 25 42. 3643. 4 44. 2r 45. 2x46. 5x 47. 9xy2z 48. 6ac2

49. ab 50. xyz 51. 1

11-2 Common Monomial Factors (page 448)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. The product 3a(2a � 5a2) yields a binomial.The factored form is 3a(1 � 2a � 5a2).

2. a. Yes; 2 and 4 will always be factors for anypositive integral values of a and b.

b. No. If a and b have a common factor c, otherthan 1, then 3a � 5b can be written as the product of c and .

Developing Skills3. 2(a � b) 4. 3(x � y) 5. b(x � y)6. x(c � d) 7. 4(x � 2y) 8. 3(m � 2n)9. 6(2x � 3y) 10. 9(2c � 3d) 11. 8(x � 2)

12. 7(y � 1) 13. 6(1 � 3c) 14. y(y � 3)

A 3ac 1 5b

c B

Chapter 11. Special Products and Factors

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 355

Page 95: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

15. x(2x � 5) 16. a(x � 5b) 17. 3y2(y2 � 1)18. 5x(2 � 3x2) 19. 2x(1 � 2x2) 20. p(1 � rt)21. r(r � l) 22. r(r � 2h) 23. 3(a2 � 3)24. 4y(3y � 1) 25. 3ab(b � 2a) 26. 7r2s(3rs � 2)27. 3(x2 � 2x � 10) 28. c(c2 � c � 2)29. 3a(3b2 � 2b � 1)Applying Skills30. 2(l � w) 31. 32. a. 8s3

b. 2s3

c. 8s3 � 2s3

d. 2s3(4 � )

11-3 The Square of a Polynomial (pages 449–450)Writing About Mathematics

1. When squaring, the exponent of each variable ismultiplied by 2, so the resulting exponent is even.

2. No. When the square of a number has an evennumber of digits, the exponent of 10 is odd.For example, 502 � 2,500 � 2.5 � 103.

Developing Skills3. a4 4. b6 5. d10

6. r2s2 7. m4n4 8. x6y4

9. 9x4 10. 25y8 11. 81a2b2

12. 100x4y4 13. 144c2d6 14.

15. 16. 17.

18. 19. 0.64x2 20. 0.25y4

21. 0.0001x2y2 22. 0.0036a4b2

Applying Skills23. 16x2 24. 100y2 25.26. 2.25x2 27. 9x4 28. 16x4y6

11-4 Multiplying the Sum and Differenceof Two Terms (pages 451–452)Writing About Mathematics

1. (5a � 10)(a � 2) � 5(a � 2)(a � 2) � 5(a2 � 4)2. Yes; (x � 2)2(x � 2)2 � (x � 2)(x � 2)(x � 2)(x � 2)

� (x � 2)(x � 2)(x � 2)(x � 2)� (x2 � 4)(x2 � 4)� (x2 � 4)2

Developing Skills3. x2 � 64 4. y2 � 100 5. n2 � 816. 144 � a2 7. c2 � d2 8. 9x2 � 19. 64x2 � 9y2 10. x4 � 64 11. 9 � 25y6

12. 13. r2 � 0.25 14. 0.09 � m2

15. a4 � 625 16. x4 � 81 17. a4 � b4

Applying Skills18. x2 � 49 19. 4x2 � 9 20. c2 � d2

21. 4a2 � 9b2 22. 900 � 9 � 891

a2 2 14

49x2

16x4

25

x2

364964a4b425

49x2y2

916a2

12h(a 1 b)

23. 2,500 � 4 � 2,49624. (70 � 5)(70 � 5) � 4,900 � 25 � 4,87525. (20 � 1)(20 � 1) � 400 � 1 � 399

11-5 Factoring the Difference of TwoSquares (pages 453–454)Writing About Mathematics

1. 17 and 23; (400 � 9) � (20 � 3)(20 � 3)2. Yes; 5a2 � 45 � 5(a2 � 9) � 5(a � 3)(a � 3).

The two binomial factors are (a � 3) and (a � 3).

Developing Skills3. (a � 2)(a � 2) 4. (c � 10)(c � 10)5. (3 � x)(3 � x) 6. (12 � c)(12 � c)7. (4a � b)(4a � b) 8. (5m � n)(5m � n)9. (d � 2c)(d � 2c) 10. (r2 � 3)(r2 � 3)

11. (5 � s2)(5 � s2) 12. (10x � 9y)(10x � 9y)13. 14. (x � 0.8)(x � 0.8)15. (0.2 � 7r)(0.2 � 7r) 16. (0.4y � 3)(0.4y � 3)17. (0.9 � y)(0.9 � y) 18. (9m2 � 7)(9m2 � 7)Applying Skills19. (x � 2)(x � 2) 20. (y � 3)(y � 3)21. (t � 7)(t � 7) 22. (t2 � 8)(t2 � 8)23. (2x � y)(2x � y) 24. a. c2 � d2

b. (c � d)(c � d)25. a. (4x2 � y2) 26. a. x2 � y2

b. (2x � y)(2x � y) b. (x � y)(x � y)27. (5a � 2b)(5a � 2b) 28. (3x � 4y)(3x � 4y)

11-6 Multiplying Binomials (page 456)Writing About Mathematics

1. Subtract the the square of the last term (b2) fromthe square of the first term (a2x2).

2. The inner product 10y and the outer product 21xcannot be combined because they are not liketerms.

Developing Skills3. x2 � 8x � 15 4. 18 � 9d � d2

5. x2 �15x � 50 6. 24 � 11c � c2

7. x2 � 5x � 14 8. n2 � 17n � 609. 45 � 4t � t2 10. 3x2 � 17x � 10

11. 3c2 � 16c � 5 12. y2 � 16y � 6413. a2 � 8a � 16 14. 4x2 � 4x � 115. 9x2 � 12x � 4 16. 14x2 � x � 317. 6y2 � 13y � 6 18. 9x2 � 24x � 1619. 4x2 � 20x � 25 20. 12t2 � 13t � 1421. 25y2 � 40y � 16 22. 10t2 � 17t � 323. 4a2 � 8ab � 3b2 24. 15x2 � xy � 28y2

25. 10c2 � 19cd � 6d2 26. a2 � 2ab � b2

27. 2a2 � 3a � 2ab � 3b 28. 24t2 � 4t � 6tz � z29. 81y2 � 18yw � 3w2

Aw 1 18 B Aw 2 18 B

356

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 356

Page 96: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Applying Skills30. a. x2 � 9x � 20 31. a. x2 � 12x � 36

b. 2x2 � x � 3 b. x2 � 4x � 4c. 4x2 � 4x � 1d. 9x2 � 12x � 4

32. a. 2x � 3b. x � 5c. 2x � 13d. 2x2 � 23x � 65

11-7 Factoring Trinomials (page 461)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes; (x � d)(x � e) � x2 � dx � ex � de � x2 � (d � e)x � de

If c � de and b � d � e, then x2 � (d � e)x �de � x2 � bx � c.

2. There are no two positive integers whose productis c and whose sum is 1.

Developing Skills3. (a � 2)(a � 1) 4. (c � 5)(c � 1)5. (x � 7)(x � 1) 6. (x � 1)(x � 10)7. (y � 4)(y � 2) 8. (y � 4)(y � 2)9. (y � 8)(y � 1) 10. (y � 8)(y � 1)

11. (y � 4)(y � 2) 12. (y � 4)(y � 2)13. (y � 8)(y � 1) 14. (y � 8)(y � 1)15. (x � 3)(x � 8) 16. (a � 2)(a � 9)17. (z � 5)(z � 5) 18. (x � 2)(x � 3)19. (x � 6)(x � 4) 20. (x � 2)(x � 1)21. (x � 7)(x � 1) 22. (y � 5)(y � 1)23. (c � 7)(c � 5) 24. (x � 9)(x � 2)25. (z � 12)(z � 3) 26. (2x � 1)(x � 2)27. (3x � 4)(x � 2) 28. (4x � 1)(4x � 1)29. (2x � 3)(x � 1) 30. (2x � 1)(2x � 5)31. (5a � 2)(2a � 1) 32. (3a � b)(a � 2b)33. (4x � 3y)(x � 2y)Applying Skills34. (x � 9)(x � 1) 35. (x � 5)(x � 4)36. (3x � 5)(x � 3) 37. (x � 5)38. (9x � 1) 39. (2x � 3)

11-8 Factoring a Polynomial Completely(pages 463–464)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. In both terms, a2 can be factored out;4a2 � a2b2 � a2(2 � b)(2 � b)

2. No; (x � 1)(x � 1)(x � 1) � x3 � x2 � x � 1Applying Skills

3. 2(a � b)(a � b) 4. 4(x � 1)(x � 1)5. a(x� y)(x � y) 6. s(t � 3)(t � 3)7. 2(x � 4)(x � 4) 8. 3(x � 3y)(x � 3y)9. 2(3m � 2)(3m � 2) 10. 7(3c � 1)(3c � 1)

11. x(x � 2)(x � 2) 12. z(z � 1)(z � 1)13. 4(a � 3)(a � 3) 14. (x2 � 1)(x � 1)(x � 1)15. (y2 � 9)(y � 3)(y � 3) 16. (c � d)(c � d)17. 3(x � 1)(x � 1) 18. 4(r � 3)(r � 4)19. x(x � 5)(x � 2) 20. 2(2x � 1)(x � 2)21. d(d � 4)(d � 4) 22. 2a(x � 3)(x � 2)23. x2(4 � y2)(2 � y)(2 � y)24. (a � 1)(a � 1)(a � 3)(a � 3)25. (y � 3)(y � 3)(y � 2)(y � 2)26. 5(x2 � 1)(x2 � 1) 27. b(2a � 1)(a � 3)28. 4(2x � 1)(2x � 1) 29. 25(x � 2y)(x � 2y)Applying Skills30. a, (3a � 2b), (4a � b)31. a. 3

b. (m � 2)32. a. 10a

b. (a � 1)

Review Exercises (pages 465–466)1. No; (2x � 2)(2x � 6) � 2(x � 1)2(x � 3) �

4(x � 1)(x � 3)2. 2 53 3. 4a 4. 8a2bc2

5. 9g6 6. 16x8 7. 0.04c4y2

8. 9. x2 � 4x � 4510. y2 � 14y � 48 11. a2b2 � 1612. 3d2 � 5d � 2 13. 4w2 � 4w � 114. 2x2 � 11cx � 12c2 15. 3(2x � 9b)16. y(3y � 10) 17. (m � 9)(m � 9)18. (x � 4h)(x � 4h) 19. (x � 5)(x � 1)20. (y � 2)(y � 7) 21. (8b � 3)(8b � 3)22. (11 � k)(11 � k) 23. (x � 4)(x � 4)24. (a � 10)(a � 3) 25. (x � 10)(x � 6)26. 16(y � 1)(y � 1) 27. 2(x � 2b)(x � 8b)28. (x2 � 1)(x � 1)(x � 1) 29. 3x(x � 4)(x � 2)30. k2 � 225 31. 16e3z2 � 4ez3

32. (15a � 2)(4a � 3) 33. (4)34. Answers will vary. Example: x2 � 9 is the

difference of two perfect squares (x � 3)(x � 3);x2 � 2x � 1 is a binomial squared (x � 1)2;x2 � 2x � 1 has no integral factors; x3 � 5x2 � 6xis the product of three factors x(x � 3)(x � 2)

35. 6x2 � 13x � 6 36. 64m2 � 16m � 137. (3x � 5) 38. a. 121 persons

b. 11 persons

Exploration (page 466)a. Let a be any integer and b � 1.Then the smaller

number (a � 1) is 2 less than the greater number(a � 1), which means they are either consecutiveeven or odd integers.Their product, (a � 1)(a � 1),is a2 � 1.

14a6b10

357

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 357

Page 97: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

b. (1) 1 � 3 � 22, so 3 � 22 � 1 or 22 � 12

1 � 3 � 5 � 32, so 5 � 32 � (1 � 3) � 32 � 22

1 � 3 � 5 � 7 � 42, so 7 � 42 � (1 � 3 � 5) � 42 � 32

(2) 2n � 1 � n2 � [1 � 3 � 5 � . . . � (2n � 3)]We know that [1 � 3 � 5 � . . . � (2n � 3)] �(n � 1)2, so 2n � 1 � n2 � (n � 1)2.

Cumulative Review (pages 466–468)Part I

1. 4 2. 1 3. 3 4. 2 5. 46. 3 7. 3 8. 4 9. 4 10. 2

Part II11. 28°; Explanations will vary. Example: sin x � ,

x � 28°

12. x � 16; , 3x � 2(x � 8), x � 16xx 1 8 5 2

3

60 68

32

x

3268

Part III13. a. 2w � 2(w � 10) � 68 or 2l � 2(l �10) � 68

or w � l � 10, 2w � 2l � 68b. Length � 12 ft, width � 22 ft; Explanations

will vary according to part a.14. 0.2% increase; 7,000 � 5 � 7 � 28 � 12 � 7,014;

Part IV15. 270 adults, 350 children; Explanations will

vary: a � c � 620, 5a � 3c � 2,400; 5(620 � c) �3c � 2,400; 3,100 � 5c � 3c � 2,400; c � 350,a � 270

16. a. y � �2x � 5b.

c. No; �2(�1) � 5, 4 � 5, 3 9d. 2; 1 � �2k � 5, 2k � 4, k � 2

3 5?

3 5?

–1 1

1 O x

y

7,014 2 7,0007,000 5

147,000 5 0.002

358

12-1 Radicals and the Rational Numbers(pages 475–476)Writing About Mathematics

1. � �3; on the other hand, does notexist in the set of real numbers because thesquare of any real number is nonnegative.

2. The product of an odd number of negativefactors is negative, so (�5)3 � �125. The productof an even number of factors is always positive,so (�5)4 � 625 and not �625.

Developing Skills3. 4 4. �8 5. �106. �13 7. 20 8. �259. 10. 11. �

12. 0.8 13. �1.2 14. �0.315. �0.02 16. 1 17. 318. 2 19. �2 20. 521. 0.6 22. �3 23. 3.224. �6.8 25. 1.3 26. �1527. 8 28. �4 29. 1030. 5.7 31. �0.5 32. �2.433. 8 34. 35. 0.736. 3 37. 97 38. 92

12

5923

412

"292"9

39. � 40. � 41. �42. � 43. � 44. �45. � 46. � 47. �

48. x � �2 49. y � � 50. x � �0.751. x � �4 52. y � �6 53. x � �554. y � �3 55. x � 2Applying Skills56. 10 in. 57. 13 cm 58. 25 m59. 39 ft 60. a. 6 ft 61. a. 14 yd

b. 24 ft b. 56 yd62. a. 11 cm 63. a. 15 m 64. 4x

b. 44 cm b. 60 m65. 101 � 102 � 12

102 � 102 � 12 � 12 or 72 � 72 � 22

103 � 102 � 12 � 12 � 12 or 92 � 32 � 32 � 22

or 72 � 72 � 22 � 12

104 � 102 � 22

105 � 102 � 22 � 12 or 82 � 52 � 42

106 � 92 � 52

107 � 92 � 52 � 12 or 72 � 72 � 32

108 � 102 � 22 � 22 or 62 � 62 � 62

109 � 102 � 32

110 � 102 � 32 � 12 or 92 � 52 � 22 or 72 � 62 � 52

29

Chapter 12. Operations with Radicals

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 358

Page 98: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

12-2 Radicals and the Irrational Numbers(pages 481–482)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. 999.9995 b. Yesc. Rational; 999.9995 is an exact square root

since (999.9995)2 � 999,999.2. No; , which his rational.

Developing Skills3. 2 and 3 4. 3 and 4 5. 6 and 76. �2 and �1 7. �4 and �3 8. 7 and 89. 8 and 9 10. �12 and �11 11. 11 and 12

12. 6 and 7 13. �1, , 2 14. 3, 4,15. �4, , �3 16. , 0,17. , 5, 18. , ,19. Rational 20. Irrational 21. Rational22. Irrational 23. Irrational 24. Rational25. Irrational 26. Rational 27. Rational28. Irrational 29. Rational 30. Irrational31. Rational 32. Rational 33. Irrational

In 34�48, part a, answers will vary depending on thenumber of digits in the calculator display.34. a. 1.414213562 35. a. 1.732050808

b. 1.4142 b. 1.732136. a. 4.582575695 37. a. 6.244997998

b. 4.5826 b. 6.245038. a. 8.94427191 39. a. 9.486832981

b. 8.9443 b. 9.486840. a. 10.39230485 41. a. 4.847679857

b. 10.3923 b. 4.847742. a. 9.391485505 43. a. �10.73312629

b. 9.3915 b. �10.733144. a. 5.344155686 45. a. 8.200609733

b. 5.3442 b. 8.200646. a. 66.2495283 47. a. 11.12205017

b. 66.2495 b. 11.122148. a. 11.59870682 49. a. 9.65

b. 11.5987 b. 9.64650. a. 3.86 51. a. 5.66 52. a. 24.07

b. 3.864 b. 5.657 b. 24.07153. a. 3.73 54. a. 17.27 55. a. 7.40

b. 3.732 b. 17.268 b. 7.40256. a. 9.20

b. 9.20057. Answers will vary; 7.615773106 � n � 7.61642961Applying Skills58. 4.2 cm 59. 5.4 cm 60. 9.8 cm61. 11.8 cm 62. 14.2 cm 63. 17.0 cm64. 13.83 65. 8.76 66. 8.9467. 38.72

2"112"192"23"30"21"72"72"15

"17"3

#1850 5 # 9

25 5 35

12-3 Finding the Principal Square Rootof a Monomial (pages 483–484)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes; � �x� for all values of x, and since x � 0,�x � 0.

2. Yes;Developing Skills

3. 2a 4. 7z 5.6. 0.9w 7. 3c 8. 6y2

9. cd 10. 2xy 11. 12a2b12. 0.6m 13. 0.7ab 14. 8.4bx5

Applying Skills15. a. 7c 16. a. 8x 17. a. 10xy

b. 28c b. 32x b. 40xy18. a. 12ab 19. 41x

b. 48ab

12-4 Simplifying a Square-Root Radical(pages 486–487)Writing About Mathematics

1. No;

2. a. can be simplified further because 12 hasa perfect square as a factor.

b.c.

Developing Skills

3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8.

9. 10. 11.

12. 13. 14.

15. 16. 17.

18. 19. 20.

21. 22. 23. (3)24. (3) 25. (3) 26. (4)

In 27�30, parts a and c, answers will vary dependingon the number of digits in the calculator display.27. a. 17.32050808 28. a. 13.41640786

b. b.c. 17.32050808 c. 13.41640786d. Yes d. Yes

29. a. 33.9411255 30. a. 5.291502622b. b.c. 33.9411255 c. 5.291502622d. Yes d. Yes

31. a. No; � � 5, but � �3 � 4 � 7.

b. No

"16"9"25"9 1 16

2"724"2

6"510"3

9y"3x6r"s

7x2"xx"3x24"x

3"1012"24

3"6

65"51

2"26"5

3"6"310"6

4"58"37"2

3"73"32"3

8"34"12 5 4"4 ? 3 5 4"4 ? "3 5 8"3

4"12

13"27 5 1

3"9 ? 3 5 13"9 ? "3 5 "3

45r

xa2 ? x

a2 5 x

a2 1 a2 5 xa

"x2

359

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 359

Page 99: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

32. a. No; � � 12, but �

� 13 � 5 � 8.b. No

12-5 Addition and Subtraction of Radicals(pages 490–491)Writing About Mathematics

1. The two operations are alike in that only liketerms can be added, and sometimes bothradicals and fractions can be simplified to getlike terms. The operations differ in thatfractions can always be written with a commondenominator and added, but there is not alwaysa common radical.

2. No. Using the distributive property,and not 3.

Developing Skills

3. 4. 5.6. 0 7. 8.9. 10. 11.

12. 13. 14.15. 16. 17.18. or

19. 20. 21.

22. 23. 24. 2x �25. (1) 26. (4) 27. (4)28. a. 29. a. 30. yd

b. 26.833 b. 17.321

12-6 Multiplication of Square-RootRadicals (page 493)Writing About Mathematics

1. Irrational; since a and b have no factors other than themselves and 1, and a b, cannot be a perfect square.

2. No. While � �2a�, if a is irrational, so is 2a.For instance, if a � , then � 2.

Developing Skills3. 3 4. 7 5. a6. 2x 7. 12 8. 2889. 10. 11.

12. 13. 14.15. �12a 16. 3y 17. 218. y 19. t 20. 5421. 10x 22. 9a 23.24. 25. 5x 26. 4t27. a. 120 28. a. 48 29. a.

b. Rational b. Rational b. Irrational108"2

3a"b3x"5

10"1036"270"69"210"32"7

"4a2

"4a2

"ab

110"210"312"5

9"23a"3"3x

5"b3"7a56"3

2163 "2251

3"20.5"22.3"22"33"58"36"28"y12"x4"5 1 3"222"74"36"215"39"5

"5 5 (3 2 1)"5 5 2"53"5 2

"25"169"144"169 2 25 30. a. 31. a. 32. a. 1

b. Irrational b. Rational b. Rational33. a. 34. a.

b. Irrational b. Irrational35. Answers will vary.

a.b.

Applying Skills36. 2 37. 1238. 72 39. 7540. a.

b.41. a. 12

b.

12-7 Division of Square-Root Radicals (pages 495–496)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. While is not equivalent

to . Ross took the square root of twice, or

the fourth root of .2. Rational; its square root, , is a rational number.

Developing Skills3. 6 4. 5 5.6. 7. 16 8.9. 10. 11. 3

12. 13. 14. 315. 8 16. 25 17.18.19. Irrational 20. Rational 21. Irrational22. Irrational 23. Rational 24. Irrational25. Irrational 26. Irrational 27.

28. 29. 30.

31. 32. 33. abc

34.Applying Skills35. 2 36. 37.38. or 3.5

Review Exercises (pages 497–498)1. a is a multiple of b and a and b have the

same sign.2. Irrational; since a is a perfect square, is

rational, but is irrational, so the product is irrational."ab 5 "a ? "b

"b"a

72

4"32"5

5ab "a or 5a"a

b

12"xy4"2

27"2 or 2"2

7"512"3 or "3

2

67

x2z"xyz or 12x#

xyz

bc2"b

14

73

42"25"22"3"7"7

14

#1681

#1681

23

#1681 5

"16"81

5 49, 49

2"12 ? "3 5 12

2"3 ? "2 5 2"6 5 4.8989794862"6

"5 ? "5 5 5, 2"2 ? 3"8 5 24"2 ? "5 5 "10, "5 ? "8 5 2"10

3"19012549 "7

20920"2

360

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 360

Page 100: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

3. 35 4. , 3, 5.6. �7 7. �3 8. �1.19. 20y2 10. 11.

12. 13. 14. 0.1m8

15. 16. 0.5a4b5 17. y � �918. m � �0.3 19. x � � 20. k � �21. a. 17.76

b. Rational; the radicand 315.4176 is a perfectsquare, and therefore rational, since (17.76)2 �315.4176.

22. 23. 0 24.25. 26. 32 27. 4528. 29. 7 30.31. 1 32. 33.34. (3) 35. (2)

In 36–39, part a, answers will vary depending on thenumber of digits in the calculator display.36. a. 13.92838828 37. a. 2.5198421

b. 13.93 b. 2.52038. a. �0.8366600265 39. a. �1.933182045

b. �0.8367 b. �1.93340. a. 5.292 m

b. 21.166 mc. The length in part a is a rounded value, which

adds almost 0.0005 m to the actual length;the perimeter was found by multiplying theunrounded length of a side by 4 and thenrounding.

41. 2x2 � � 3 42. 21.7x5

Exploration (pages 498–499)

STEP 1. By the Pythagorean theorem, the

hypotenuse .

STEP 4. After locating on the number line,

repeat step 2, drawing a rectangle whose dimensions

are by 1 to locate on the number line:

("n 2 1)2 1 12 5 ("n)2

"n"n 2 1

"n 2 1

c 5 "12 1 12 5 "2

O

1

1 √2 √3√4

√52 3x

x"3

8"10"28"314"10

2"36"2"2

6"210"2xy2#1

3xy4b"3b"7

9"26"5

35"182"2 Cumulative Review (pages 499–501)

Part I1. 2 2. 4 3. 14. 4 5. 3 6. 27. 4 8. 2 9. 2

10. 3Part II11. km; l tank � 48 L, � 600 km, 1 tank �

600 � 800 km; 48 L � 800 km, 1 L � km12. 4.43 ft; tan 12.5° � , 20.0(tan 12.5°) � x,

x � 4.43Part III13.

a. 150; area of ABCD � ,area of ABCE � � 102;area of AED � area of ABCD � area ofABCE � 252 � 102 � 150

b. 32; AD � ,

AE � ; perimeter of

AED � DE � AD � AE � 4 � 13 � 15 � 3214. Length � 12 ft, width � 6 ft; l � 2w, l � 1.5(w � 2),

l � 1.5w � 3; 2w � 1.5w � 3, 0.5w � 3, w � 6, l � 12Part IV15. ; side � �

� �

,16. a. y � �2x � 8

b.

c. (4, 0); 0 � �2x � 8, 2x � 8, x � 4d. 4

x

1

A

BO

1

y

13"2 1 13"2 1 10"2 5 36"213"2

"2 ? 169"50 1 288 5 "2(25 1 144)

#A5"2B2 1 A12"2B236"2

"122 1 92 5 "225 5 15

"122 1 52 5 "169 5 13

12(12)(13 1 4)

12(12)(13 1 8) 5 252

A

D

E

C

5

4

4 4

4

12

13

B

15

x20.0

1623

43

34 tank162

3

361

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 361

Page 101: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

362

13-1 Solving Quadratic Equations (pages 507–508)Writing About Mathematics

1. Yes. The equation can be rewritten as x2 � 9 � 0.This can be factored into (x � 3)(x � 3) � 0,which yields solutions x � 3 or x � �3.

2. The third factor was a constant, �8. There is nopossible way to set �8 � 0.

Developing Skills3. x � 1 or x � 2 4. z � 1 or z � 45. x � 4 6. r � 5 or r � 77. c � �1 or c � �5 8. m � �9 or m � �19. x � �1 10. y � �8 or y � �3

11. x � �1 or x � 5 12. x � �3 or x � 213. x � �5 or x � 3 14. t � �8 or t � 915. x � �3 or x � 4 16. x � �7 or x � 717. z � �2 or z � 2 18. m � �8 or m � 819. x � �2 or x � 2 20. d � 0 or d � 221. s � 0 or s � 1 22. x � �3 or x � 023. z � �8 or z � 0 24. x � �2 or x � 325. y � �4 or y � 7 26. c � 3 or c � 527. r � �2 or r � 2 28. x � �11 or x � 1129. y � 0 or y � 6 30. s � �4 or s � 031. y � �2 or y � 10 32. x � 4 or x � 533. x � �5 or x � 6 34. x � �9 or x � 635. x � �2 or x � 36. x � �5 or x � 737. y � �1 or y � 4 38. y � �8 or x � 539. x � �6 or x � 4 40. y � �6 or y � 341. x � �6 or x � 6 42. x � �243. x � �3 or x � �1 44. x � 1 or x � 7Applying Skills45. t � 1 sec and t � 2 sec46. t � 4 sec47. a. w(2w � 12) � 320 or 2w2 � 12w � 320

b. Length � 32 ft, width � 10 ft48. a.

b. 100 ft49. Length � 24 ft, width � 10 ft50. 10 cm, 24 cm

13-2 The Graph of a Quadratic Function(pages 518–521)Writing About Mathematics

1. The axis of symmetry of the parabola is at x � 4.Her graph shows only half of the parabola. Afterx � 4, the graph turns upward.

12(b 1 b 1 20)(b 1 20) 5 9,000

212

2. Answers will vary. Example: Since 4 is theturning point, it should be in the middle of thex-values. Answers may include x � 0 to x � 8or x � �4 to x � 12.

Developing Skills3. a.

b. x � 0c. (0, 0)

4. a.

b. x � 0c. (0, 0)

5. a.

b. x � 0c. (0, 1)

x

y

1

–1 1O

xy

–1–1 1

O

x

y

1

–1 1O

Chapter 13. Quadratic Relations and Functions

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 362

Page 102: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

6. a.

b. x � 0 c. (0, �1)7. a.

b. x � 0 c. (0, 4)8. a.

b. x � 1 c. (1, �1)9. a.

b. x � 1 c. (1, 1)

x

y

1

–1 1O

x

y

1

–1 1

O

–1

x

y

1

–1 1

O

–1

x

y

1

–1 1

O

10. a.

b. x � 3 c. (3, �1)11. a.

b. x � 2 c. (2, �1)12. a.

b. x � 1 c. (1, 0)13. a.

b. x � �1 c. (�1, 4)

x

y

1

1O

–1–1

x

y

1

1O–1

x

y

1

–11

O–1

x

y

1

–11

O

363

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 363

Page 103: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

14. a.

b. x � 2 c. (2, 1)15. a. x � 3 b. (3, �10)

c.

16. a. x � 1 b. (1, 7)c.

17. a. x � �4 b. (�4, �4)c.

x

y

1O

–1–1

x

y

1O–1

7

x

y

1

O

–1

x

y1

1

O

–1–1

18. a. x � �2 b. (�2, �1)c.

19. a. x � 1.5 b. (1.5, 4.75)c.

20. a. x � �0.5 b. (�0.5, 4.75)c.

21. a. y � �(x � 3)2

b. y � x2 � 9c. y � �6(x � 4)2 � 1

22. a. (�1, 0); x � �1b. y � (x � 1)2

23. a. (�3, 4); x � �3b. y � (�x � 3)2 � 4

24. a. (2, 5); x � 2b. y � (x � 2)2 � 5

25. a. (3, �4); x � 3b. y � �(x � 3)2 � 4

26. (2)

27

x

y

1

O

–1

4

x

y

1O

–1

4

x

y

1O

–1–1 1

364

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 364

Page 104: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Applying Skills27. a. x � 4 b. y � x(x � 4) � x2 � 4x

c.

d. No. Lengths and areas cannot take onnegative values.

28. a. 2x � 6 b. y � x(2x � 6) � x2 � 3xc.

d. No. Lengths and areas cannot take onnegative values.

29. a. 10 � x b. y � x(10 � x) � 10x � x2

c.

d. length: 5 cm, width: 5 cm e. 25 cm2

1

1

O

y

x

x

y

–1 1

O

–1

12

x

y

1

1

O

–1–1

f. Answers will vary: 4 � 6 � 24, 3 � 7 � 21,2 � 8 � 16, 1 � 9 � 9

30. a. x 0 1 2 3 4

y 3 51 67 51 3

b.

c. 3 ft d. (1) 67 ft(2) 2 sec

13-3 Finding Roots From a Graph (pages 524–525)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. The vertex is above the x-axis and the graphopens upwards so it never intersects the x-axis.Thus, there are no real x-values that make y � 0.

2. Yes. Although the vertex is above the x-axis, thegraph opens downward, so there are two pointswhere it intersects the x-axis. The two rootsare �3 and 1.

Developing Skills3. a.

b. {�5, �1} c. (x � 5)(x � 1)4. a.

b. {�1} c. (x � 1)(x � 1)

x

y

1

O–1 1

x

y

1O

–2–1

h

t

100

80

60

40

20

00 1 2 3 4 5 6

365

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 365

Page 105: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

5. a.

b. {�1, 3} c. (x � 1)(x � 3)6. a.

b. {�1, 2} c. (x � 1)(x � 2)7. a.

b. {1} c. (x � 1)(x � 1)8. a.

b. {1, 2} c. (x � 1)(x � 2)

x

y

–1

O

–1

x

y

1

O–1 1

x

y

1O

–11

x

y

1O

–1 1

9. a.

b. No real solutionsc. Cannot be factored

10. a.

b. {�1, 6}c. (x � 1)(x � 6)

11. (x � 6) and (x � 8)12. {�6, 3}13. (2)14. x � �2 and x � 315. 2

13-4 Graphic Solution of a Quadratic-LinearSystem (pages 528–529)Writing About Mathematics

1. The empty set. If the graphs of the equationsdo not intersect, then there is no solution tothe systems.

2. x2 cannot be a negative number.Developing Skills

3. {(�3, 0), (1, 0)}4. {(�2, �3), (0, �3)}5. {(�1, �4)}

1O

1

y

x

x

y

1O

–1 1

366

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 366

Page 106: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

6. {(�4, 5), (2, 5)}7. c � �48. a.

b.

c. (0, �2) and (3, �5)d. (0, �2): y � (0)2 � 4(0) � 2 � �2

y � �(0) � 2 � �2 �(3, �5): y � (3)2 � 4(3) � 2 � �5

y � �(3) � 2 � �5 �9. {(�1, 1), (2, 4)}

x

y

O–1 1–1

x

y

1

1

O

x

y

10. {(�1, �1), (4, 4)}

11. {(2, 9), (�2, 1)}

12. {(�1, �5), (4, 0)}

13. {(2, 3), (5, 0)}

x

y

O1

–11

x

y

O1

–1 1

x

y

O1–1

x

y

O

1

1–1

367

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 367

Page 107: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

14. {(2, 3), (4, 3)}

15. {(�2, �3), (0, 1)}

16. {(�1, �4), (2, 2)}

17. a. h

x0 1 2 3

510152025303540

(–, 25)25

(–, 41)23

(–, 25)21

(1, 37) (2, 37)

(3, 5)(0, 5)

x

y

O1

–1–1

x

y

O1

1

x

y

O1

–1

b.

c. x � 0.5 sec and x � 2.5 sec18. a.

b.

c. 3.0 sec, height of 46 ft; 4.1 sec, height of 0 ft

13-5 Algebraic Solution of aQuadratic-Linear System (pages 532–533)Writing About Mathematics

1. There is no real number x whose square is anegative number.

2. Substituting 8 for x in to the first equation,82 � y2 � 49, we find that y2 must equal �15.However, there is no real number y whose squareis a negative number.

Developing Skills3. {(0, 0), (3, 3)} 4. {(0, 5), (1, 6)}5. {(1, 0), (4, 3)} 6. {(�2, 1), (1, 4)}7. {(�1, 8), (0, 9)} 8. {(�1, 1), (2, �2)}9. {(�3, �2), (1, 2)} 10. {(0.5, 2.5), (3, 5)}

11. {(�0.5, 2.5), (0, 3)} 12. { , (2, 1)}

13. {(�3, 1), } 14. { , (4, 0)}15. {(�5, 0), (3, 4)} 16. {(�8, �6), (6, 8)}17. {(�5, �5), (5, 5)} 18. {(�3.6, �5.2), (2, 6)}19. {(�4, �2), (2, 4)} 20. {(�1, 1)}

A 32, 54 BA 1

3, 199 B

A 13, 83 B

h

x0 1 2 3

510152025303540

368

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 368

Page 108: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Applying Skills21. a. x � 2y � 1 or

b. x2 � 2y2 � y � 70c. {(7, 3)}; reject the solution as it is

outside the domaind. 7 � 7, 3 � 3, 3 � 1

22. a. 8 ftb. 12 ftc. Yes. The maximum height of the doorway

occurs 4 feet from the left end. If you movethe 6-foot-wide box through the middleof the doorway, the lowest clearances willbe at 1 and 7 feet from the left end. Using the formula, and

, so the 5-foot-tall box clears the doorway.

23. Length � 7 ft, width � 6 ft24. a. a2 � b2 � 29

b. 2bc. a � 2b � 1d. a � 5, b � 2; the solution is

outside the domaine. base � 4 ft, altitude � 5 ftf. (4 � 2 ) ftg. 10 sq ft

Review Exercises (pages 534–535)1. For each x-value (except x � 0), there are two

y-values: one positive and one negative.2. For each x-value, there is only one (positive)

y-value.3. a. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} 4. a. {1}

b. {�1, 0, 1, 2, 3} b. {�1, 0, 1, 2, 3}c. Yes c. No

5. a. {�3, �2, �1, 0, 1, 2, 3} 6. a. {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}b. {0, 1, 4, 9} b. {1}c. Yes c. Yes

7. a. x � 3b.

c. (3, �3)

x

y

O1

–1–1

"29

a 5 2235 , b 5 214

5

234(7)2 1 6(7) 5 51

4

234(1)2 1 6(1) 5 51

4

A2203 , 223

6 B

y 5 x 2 12

d. Minimume. y � �3

8. a. x � 2b.

c. (2, �5)d. Minimume. y � �5

9. a. x � �1b.

c. (�1, 7)d. Maximume. y � 7

10. a. x � 3b.

c. (3, 8)d. Maximume. y � 8

x

y

O

1

1

x

y

O

1–1–1

1

x

y

O

1–1–1

369

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 369

Page 109: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

11. {(�4, 10), (3, 3)}

12. {(�2, �7), (3, �2)}

13. {(�1, �1), (3, 3)}

x

y

O

1

–11

x

y

O

1–1

x

y

O1

1–1–1

14. {(�1, 5), (4, 0)}

15. {(�1, 4), (1, 4)}

16. {(1, 1), (2, 0)}

17. {(�1, 4), (4, 11)}18. {(2, 5), (4, 9)}19. {(�1, �5), (3, �1)}20. {(1, 0), (6, 5)}21. {(�2, �6), (2, 6)}22. {(�2, �1), (2, 1)}23. y � �x2 � 5x � 3.2524. 6, 725. 18 ft � 8 ft

x

y

O–1

1

x

y

O

–1–1

1

1

x

y

O

–1–1 1

370

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 370

Page 110: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Exploration (page 535)22 � 4 � 22 112 � 121 � 112

32 � 9 � 32 122 � 144 � 24 32

42 � 16 � 24 132 � 169 � 132

52 � 25 � 52 142 � 196 � 22 72

62 � 36 � 22 32 152 � 225 � 32 52

72 � 49 � 72 162 � 256 � 28

82 � 64 � 26 172 � 289 � 172

92 � 81 � 34 182 � 324 � 22 34

102 � 100 � 22 52 192 � 361 � 192

202 � 400 � 24 52

In the prime factorization of the squares, theexponents of the prime factors are always even.

If n � a3 � b2 � c4, n is not a perfect squarebecause the exponent of a is odd. The square root of n is irrational because .

Cumulative Review (pages 536–538)Part I

1. 2 2. 3 3. 4 4. 3 5. 16. 1 7. 3 8. 2 9. 4 10. 4

Part II11. 33 students; 242 (math) � 208 (science) � 183

(math and science) � 267 (math or science),300 (all students) � 267 (math or science) � 33(neither math nor science)

12. 16 cm, 19 cm, 19 cm; b � (b � 3) � (b � 3) � 54,3b � 6 � 54, b � 16

Part III13. 1.3%; 5p 2 15.5

5p < 0.013

"n 5 abc2"a

14. {(0, 1), (2, 3)}; x � 1 � �x2 � 3x � 1, x2 � 2x � 0,x(x � 2) � 0; y � 0 � 1 � 1, y � 2 � 1 � 3

Part IV15. 63°; �y-intercept� � 4, �x-intercept� � 2,

tan a � � 2, a � 63°

16. a. x � 4, y � 3, x � y � 10b.

c. Answers will vary. Examples: (4, 3), (5, 4), (6, 4)

1

1

O

y

x

x

y

–1

1

a

42

371

14-1 The Meaning of an Algebraic Fraction(pages 540–541)Writing About Mathematics

1. No; is not defined for x � 0.

2. No; is not defined for b � 0 and b � �1,

while is not defined only for b � �1.

Developing Skills3. 0 4. 05. 0 6. 57. 2 8. �29. 10.

11. 2, �2 12. �2, 7Applying Skills13. 14. 15.

16. 17.3x 1 2y

4m60

10x 1 20y

980p

c5

212

12

b2 2 bb 1 1

b 2 11 1 1b

xx

14-2 Reducing Fractions to Lowest Terms(pages 544–545)Writing About Mathematics

1. Kevin did not divide the whole numerator andthe whole denominator by a common factor.Since a and 4 are not common factors of thebinomials (a � 4) and (a � 8), they cannot befactored out. This fraction cannot be reduced.

2. The two fractions must be equivalent for allvalues of a 8, but a � 4 is the only value forwhich the equality is true.

Developing Skills3. (x 0) 4. (y 0)

5. (d 0) 6. (r 0)

7. (c 0, b 0) 8. (b 0, y 0)

9. (x 0, y 0) 10. (a 0, b 0, c 0)12

59

a2b

ac

910

2c3d

3y4

13

Chapter 14. Algebraic Fractions and Equations and Inequalities Involving Fractions

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:41 AM Page 371

Page 111: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

11. 3x (x 0) 12. (x 0)

13. (a 0) 14. (x 0, y 0)

15. (a 0, c 0) 16. (x 0, y 0)

17. (a 0, b 0) 18. (x 0, y 0)

19. 20.

21. (x 0) 22. m � 5 (m 0)

23. (x 0) 24. (a 0)

25. (a 0, b 0) 26. (x 0, y 0)

27. (b 0) 28. (x �2)

29. (d �2) 30. (y �x)

31. 32. (r 3s)

33. 4 (a �b) 34. (x �3)

35. (x 1) 36. �1 (x 1)

37. (b 3, b �3) 38. (s r, s �r)

39. (a 4) 40. (y x)

41. (b 3, b �3) 42. (r 3)

43. (x 4, x �4) 44. (x �2)

45. (y 1) 46. (x 1, x 3)

47. (x �3, x 5) 48. (a 3, a �3)

49. (a 1, a 6)

50. (x �5, x �3)

51. (r �3, r 5)

52. or (x 3, x �4)

53. (x 3)

54. (x �5y, x 4y)

55. a. (1) 7 (2) 10 (3) 20(4) 2 (5) �4 (6) �10

b. Each reduced fraction is equal to the numericalvalue substituted for x.

c. No. When x � 5, the denominator x � 5 � 0,and the fraction is not defined.

d. x (x 5)e. 38,756f. No. The original expression is undefined only

at x � 5 while the new expression is undefinedat both x � 0 and x � 5.

14-3 Multiplying Fractions (pages 547–548)Writing About Mathematics

1. The denominator is �x2 � 3x � 2 because .

2. No. The product is undefined for z � 0, and itis also undefined for the values of x and y for

x2 2 3x 1 22x2 1 3x 2 2

5 x2 2 3x 1 22(x2 2 3x 1 2)

5 21

x 2 3yx 1 5y

2x 2 1x 2 3

2x 1 12x 2 3

12 2 xx 2 3

r 1 1r 1 3

2(x 2 5)x 1 3

aa 2 1

a 1 2a 1 3

x 1 5x 1 3

xx 2 1

3y 2 1

x 2 1x 1 2

x 1 3x 2 4

r 1 232 2b

b 1 3

2x 1 y

324 1 a2

2s 1 r

21b 1 3

x 1 15

x 2 33

2r 2 3sAa 2 0, a 2

13b Ba

3a 2 b

yy 1 x

dd 1 2

xx 1 2

6b 1 103b2

2x 1 3y4

4a 2 ba

a 2 2a

a 1 b3x

x 2 7x

4y 2 63

3x 1 64

19xy22

3

2x923ab

2c

y3x

34a

15x2

which its factors are undefined; the first factoris undefined for z � 0, x � �z, and the secondfactor is undefined for x � 0, x � z.

Developing Skills3. 4. 20 (y 0)5. 10x 6. 5d (d 0)7. 8. (m 0, n 0)9. (x 0, y 0) 10. (x 0, y 0)

11. (m 0) 12. (r 0, s 0)13. 2m (m 0, n 0) 14. (a 0, b 0, c 0)

15. 16. (a 0)

17. (x 0, y 0) 18. (b 0)

19. (b � 1)2 (a 0, b 0) 20. (x 0)21. (r 1) 22. (s �2)23. (x 0, x �3) 24. (x �1, x 1)

25. 2(a � 3) (a 3) 26. (x 2, x �2)27. (a 0, a b, a �b, b 0)

28. (a 2, a �2, b 0)29. (a �1, a 8) 30. (x �1, y 0)

31. (c 0, y �1)

32. (a 3, a �2)

33.34. (x �3, x �2, x 2)

35. 2 (y �9, y 9)36. (x 2, x �2, x 0)

37. (x 0, x 2)38. (x �1, x 1, x 2)39. �1 (x 9, x �9)40. �5(d � 5) (d 2, d �2, d �5)41. (a 6, a �6)

42.

14-4 Dividing Fractions (page 550)Writing About Mathematics

1. If x � 2, is not defined. If x � 3, the recipro-cal of , which the first fraction is multipliedby, is not defined.

2. No; so nocancellation can be done. Ruth did not write thereciprocal of the divisor before multiplying.

Developing Skills3. 4. (b 0)

5. (x 0, y 0) 6. (x 0)13

16yx

35b

a6

32(x 2 4) 4 x 2 4

5 5 32(x 2 4) ? 5

x 2 4

x 2 35

2x 2 2

23

2(a 1 6)2

36 1 a2

xx 1 1

212

1x(x 2 2)

103(x 2 2)

x 1 52x 2 3 (x 2

32, x 2 23

2, x 2 5)

3(2a 2 3)5(a 2 3)

y 2 3c

x 1 53y

52

24b2(a 2 2)

a 1 2

a 2 ba 1 b

7(x 1 1)x 1 2

13(x 2 1)

4x

2s3

r5

(x 1 1)(x 2 1)2

5x

b2(3a 2 1)3

y(x 2 y)5x

a2(a 1 3)90

x 1 1212

6a2bc

2s

4m3

yx

65

8mn

5x2

9

5a9

372

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 372

Page 112: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

7. (x 0, y 0) 8. (b 0, c 0, d 0)

9. (x 0, y 0) 10. (a 0, b 0, c 0)

11. (x 0) 12. (y 0)

13. (a 0, b 0)

14. 2(x � 1) (x 1)15. 2x(x � 4) (x 0, x 1)16.

17. (b 0, b 2, b �2)

18. (a 0, a b, a �b)

19.

20. (x 2, x �2, x 0)

21. (x 4y, x �4y, x �2y)

22. (x 2)23. 2(3 � y) (y �5, y �3)24. (x �1, x 1, x �2)25. x (x y, x �y) 26. (a 3, a �3)

27. (a b, a �b)

28. 0, 1, �1 29. 730. 1 (a 0, y 0, z 0)

14-5 Adding or Subtracting AlgebraicFractions (pages 554–555)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. A factor can only be cancelled out when it isa factor of each term of the numerator and eachterm of the denominator. Since 2 is not a factorof 11, it cannot be cancelled out.

2. Yes;

� or � 2 �

Developing Skills3. (c 0) 4. (t 0) 5. (c 0)

6. 1 (x �1) 7. 1 Qx R 8. 1 Qd R

9. (x �1, x 1) 10. (r 3, r �2)

11. 12. 13.

14. 15. 16.

17. 18. (x 0) 19. (x 0)

20. (b 0) 21. (d 0) 22.

23. 24. (b 0)

25. (y 0) 26. (c 0)

27. (x �1) 28. (x �y)3x 1 5y

x 1 y3x 1 8x 1 1

3c2 2 8c 1 12c2

12y2 2 17y 2 12

12y2

b 2 810b

7y 2 620

3a 2 56

5d2 1 75d

3a8b

2 38x

154x

2a 1 b14

a12

31x20

9ab20

22y15

x6

5x6

4r 2 3

1x 2 1

21223

4

65c

5r 2 2st

52c

21(a 2 x)a 2 x 5 2 1 1 5 3

2 2 x 2 aa 2 x

3a 2 3xa 2 x 5

3(a 2 x)a 2 x 5 3

2 2 x 2 aa 2 x 5

2(a 2 x) 2 (x 2a )a 2 x 5

2a 2 2x 2 x 1 aa 2 x

2(a 1 b)(a 2 b)

212

12

213

35

x 2 228x

Ay 2 1, y 212 B3

4(y 2 1)

14(a 1 b)

b(b 2 3)2(b 2 2)

Aa 2 232 B2a 2 3

2

4b2(a2 2 1)

a2

9(y 1 3)10y

32x(x 1 1)27

ab4c

y4

x2

acd4b

235 29. (x 3) 30. (y �1)

31. Qa R 32. (x 2)

33. (x 1) 34. (y 3, y �3)

35. (y 4, y �4)

36. (x 6, x �6)

37. (y 3, y �4)

38. (a �1) 39. (x �3)

40. (x �2)

41. (x y, x �4y)

42. (a 1, a �2, a �3)

43. (a 5, a 2, a �3)

44. 45. 46.

47. 48.

49. a. hr 50. hr 51. hr

b. hr

c. hr

14-6 Solving Equations with FractionalCoefficients (pages 559–561)Writing About Mathematics

1. No.Abby subtracted incorrectly; 3x � 0.2x � 2.8x,so x � �0.3.

2. Heidi’s method will lead to a correct solution,but she did not eliminate all of the decimals asshe had intended; 10(0.2x � 0.84) � 10(3x), 2x �8.4 � 30x, x � �0.3; 100(0.2x � 0.84) � 100(3x),20x � 84 � 300x, x � �0.3; 1,000(0.2x � 0.84) �1,000(3x), 200x � 840 � 3,000x; x � �0.3

Developing Skills3. x � 21 4. t � 108 5. x � 256. x � 16 7. m � 29 8. r � �139. y � 6 10. x � or 1.5 11. m � 30

12. x � 4 13. y � 9 14. x � 115. x � 21 16. r � 12 17. t � 918. a � 24 19. y � 1 20. y � 1221. t � 15 22. m � 3 23. y � 33024. x � 10.4 25. c � 20 26. y � 1527. x � 20 28. x � 395 29. x � �2030. x � 48 31. x � 31 32. x � 1,50033. x � 600 34. x � 700 35. x � 4036. a � 37. a � 38. 3039. 100 40. 30 41. 6042. 13, 14 43. 19, 21 44. 12, 12, 1845. 6, 18 46. 21, 35 47. 30, 6048. 60, 90

23607

12011

32

x 1 618

x 1 1030

9x 1 1540

5a 2 2a(a 2 1)

x45

2(x 2 5)15

2x 1 512

6(x 2 2)7

7(x 2 1)6

9x5

2a2 2 2a 2 2(a 1 3)(a 2 5)(a 2 2)

9a2 2 7a 1 5(a 2 1)(a 1 3)(a 1 2)

x2 2 18x 1 xy 1 3y 2 2y2

3(x 1 4y)(x 2 y)

2x2 1 3x 2 7x 1 2

x2 2 3x 2 15x 1 3

a2 1 2a 1 2a 1 1

2y2 1 11y 2 303(y 2 3)(y 1 4)

2x 1 243(x2 2 36)

25y 1 26

y2 2 16

23y 2 4

y2 2 92 5x

8(x 2 1)

296(x 2 2)

13

175(3a 2 1)

334(y 1 1)

172(x 2 3)

373

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 373

Page 113: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Applying Skills49. Plot 1 � 30 ft, plot 2 � 40 ft, plot 3 � 10 ft,

plot 4 � 20 ft50. Sam is 6, his father is 3651. Robert is 24, his father is 4852. 52 students 53. 20 passengers54. $16 55. 50 seedlings56. 4 nickels, 12 dimes 57. 6 cans58. 12 nickels, 17 dimes 59. 3 dimes, 10 quarters60. 80 student tickets, 96 full-price tickets61. No; let x � number of dimes. Then 0.10x �

0.25(2x) � 4.50, 0.60x � 4.50, x � 0.75, but itis not possible to have a fractional numberof dimes.

62. Yes; 15 coins of each type total $6.00.63. $1,500 at 7%, $1,900 at 8%64. $1,750 at 10%, $250 at 11%

14-7 Solving Inequalities with FractionalCoefficients (pages 563–565)Writing About Mathematics

1. When multiplying both sides by a negative num-ber, the inequality must be reversed, so x � 6.

2. Positive integersDeveloping SkillsIn 3–23, answers will also require number lines withdomains equal to the real numbers.

3. x � 9 4. y � 15 5. c � 6 6. x � 5 7. y � 12 8. y � �19. t � �40 10. x � �6 11. x � 5

12. y � 13. x � 12 14. y � 615. d � 1 16. c � 17. m � 318. x � 18 19. x � 2 20. y � 921. r � 24 22. t � 17 23. a � 324. 17 25. 38 26. 13327. 113 28. 25, 10 29. 24, 20Applying Skills30. 51 calls 31. $17.99 32. 8 cans33. 4 nickels 34. Rhoda, 18; Alice, 2735. Mary, 16; Bill, 19 36. $1,20037. a. $120,000 b. $108,000 c. $105,00038. 15 books

14-8 Solving Fractional Equations (pages 568–569)Writing About Mathematics

1. No, the solution is undefined for r � 5 since itwould make the denominators equal to 0.

2. Pru’s answer of �5 must be rejected since it leadsto a denominator of 0 in the given equation. Theonly answer is 10, as found by Pam.

213

2123

Developing SkillsIn 3–6, responses will vary.

3. The solution x � 0 must be rejected because thefraction is undefined for x � 0.

4. The solution a � �1 must be rejected becausethe fraction is undefined for a � �1.

5. The solution x � 0 must be rejected because thefractions are undefined at x � 0.

6. The solution x � 1 must be rejected because thefractions are undefined for x � 1.

7. x � 2 8. y � 5 9. x � 310. x � 30 11. x � 2 12. y � 313. y � or 0.5 14. x � 3 15. y � 816. x � 6 17. y � 3 18. a � 419. b � 12 20. x � 8 21. x � 122. x � 2 23. a � 2 24. x � �525. x � 3 26. x � 4 27. x � 428. 29. z � 1 30. or 0.231. y � 3 32. a � �10 33. m � 234. a � 6 35. x � �2 36. or 0.537. or �0.5 38. x � { } or �; no solution39. x � �1 or x � 4 40. x � �2 or x � 341. b � �1 or b � 2 42. b � �2 or or 1.543. b � 4 or b � �3 44. x � �3 or x � 645. x � �1 46. x � (x 0, k 0)47. x � (x 0, k 0) 48. x � (x 0, c 0)49. x � de (x 0, x e)

50. Yes; and is undefined only forthe excluded values of a and c.

Applying Skills51. 4 52. 53. 3 54.

55. 56. 57. 18

58. Emily’s garden is 6 ft � 2 ft, Sarah’s garden is18 ft � 6 ft or Emily’s garden is 12 ft � 8 ft,Sarah’s garden is 18 ft � 12 ft

Review Exercises (pages 570–572)1. An algebraic fraction is the quotient of any two

algebraic expressions. A fractional expressionis a quotient of two polynomials. In other words,a fractional expression is a special case of analgebraic fraction.

2. 3. y � 44. 3x(2x � 3)(2x � 3) 5. (b 0, g 0)

6. (d 0) 7. x2 � 12

8. (y 0) 9. (x 0)10. x � 1 (x 0, y 0) 11. 12c (c 0)12. (a 0, b 0) 13. 2m

35

6b

2x3

2y 2 32

2d

23

x10

1520

1220

17

13

x 5A a

c B A c2

a Bc 5 1

a 1 bc

t6k

tk

b 5 32

y 5 212

y 5 12

r 5 15a 5 21

3

12

374

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 374

Page 114: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

14. (k 0) 15.

16. (x 0, y 0, z 0)

17. (x 0) 18. (x 0, x 5)

19. 2 (a �b) 20.

21. (x 5) 22.

23. Qa 0, R

24. 2b 25. 2 26. k � 1527. x � 11 28. y � 12 29. m � 730. t � 6 31. a � 5 or a � �432. r � (h 0) 33. r � (r 0)

34. r � (n 0, r 0) 35. $1,92036. 25 37. 90 points38. 300 mi at 50 mph, 360 mi at 60 mph39. a. n � (a 0)

b. (a 0)

c. (a 0)

d. $0.75; 16 cans for $12.00, 20 cans for $15.0040. $0.50 for coffee, $0.75 for a bagel41. 5 dimes

Exploration (page 572)(1) 0.5, 0.25, 0.2, 0.125, 0.1, 0.0625, 0.05, 0.04, 0.02,

0.01(2) They are all terminating decimals.(3) 2, 22, 5, 23, 2 � 5, 24, 22 � 5, 52, 2 � 52, 22 � 52

(4) The factors of the denominators are either 2or 5.

(5)

(6) They are all repeating decimals.(7) 3, 2 � 3, 32, 11, 22 � 3, 3 � 5, 2 � 32, 2 � 11, 23 � 3,

2 � 3 � 5(8) The denominators have at least one prime factor

other than 2 or 5.

0.0416, 0.030.3, 0.16, 0.1, 0.09, 0.083, 0.06, 0.05, 0.045,

n2 5$15.00

a

n1 5$12.00

a

Ta

an

c2p

S2ph

a 213, a 2 21

33

1 1 3a

5c 1 324

x 1 53(x 2 5)

13 2 y20

12

14x 1 136x

5z 2 2xxyz

7ax12

10k

(9) The ratio of two integers can be written as a termi-nating decimal if, when the fraction is in simplestform, the denominator has only 2 or 5 as prime fac-tors.The ratio of two integers can be written as arepeating decimal if, when the fraction is in simplestform, the denominator has a prime factor otherthan 2 or 5.

Cumulative Review (pages 573–574)Part I

1. 2 2. 2 3. 1 4. 3 5. 46. 3 7. 4 8. 2 9. 2 10. 3

Part II11. 4%;

12. 44 ft/sec;

Part III13. Soda: $0.80, fries: $1.00; 2s � f � 2.6, s � 2f � 2.8;

f � 2.6 � 2s, s � 2(2.6 � 2s) � 2.8, s � 5.2 � 4s �2.8, 3s � 2.4, s � 0.8, f � 1

14. a.

b. {(�1, 3), (3, 3)}Part IV15. 68.9 cm; sin 32° � , x � 68.916. Length: 15ft, width: 8 ft; lw � 120, l � 2w � 1;

(2w �1)w � 120, 2w2 � w � 120 � 0,(2w � 15)(w � 8) � 0, w � 8, l � 15 (Rejectw � �7.5)

36.5x

x

y

O–1

–1

44 ftsec

10 furlongs2.5 min ?

18 mi

1 furlong ? 5,280 ft

1 mi ? 1 min60 sec 5

3,640 2 3,5003,500 5 0.04

375

15-1 Empirical Probability (pages 581–583)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. The one out of four probability is based onresults for a very large group and is an average;it does not mean that for a particular group offour people, one will definitely have an accident,nor does it mean that only one will have anaccident. It is possible that there may be threeaccidents for some groups of four and none forothers.

2. No. Some books are more popular than othersand these books would have a higher likelihoodof being checked out. Others, like referencebooks, cannot be checked out at all, so wouldhave a probability of 0.

Developing Skills3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8.

9. Answers will vary.10. a. 1

4

14

426 5 2

1325

110

14

16

Chapter 15. Probability

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 375

Page 115: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

b. Tom: � .300; Ann: 79, 300, � .263;Eddie: 102, 400, � .255; Cathy: 126, 500,

� .252c. Yesd. Answers will vary but should confirm the

result.11–15. Answers will vary.16. a. 1 b. 1 c. 0 d. 0Applying Skills17. 18. 19.

15-2 Theoretical Probability (pages 588–590)Writing About Mathematics

1. The regions are not the same size so the arrowdoes not have an equally likely chance of landingin each of the three regions.

2. No. The populations of the states are different sothe probability of the location of the next birth isnot equally likely for each state.

Developing Skills3. a. {H, T} b. c.

4. a. {3} b.

5. a. {2, 4, 6} b.

6. a. {1, 2} b.

7. a. {1, 3, 5} b.

8. a. {4, 5, 6} b.

9. a. {3, 4, 5, 6} b.

10. a. {3} b.

11. a. {2, 4} b.

12. a. {1, 2} b.

13. a. {1, 3, 5} b.

14. a. {4, 5} b.

15. a. {3, 4, 5} b.

16. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. h. i.

j.

17. a. b. c.

18. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

19.

20. a. b. c.

d. 411

38

36 5 1

225

24 5 1

2

216 5 1

8312 5 1

44

10 5 25

210 5 1

515

25

13

12

14

1252 5 3

13

252 5 1

26252 5 1

264

52 5 113

1352 5 1

4152

2652 5 1

2

1352 5 1

4452 5 1

131

52

35

25

35

25

25

15

46 5 2

3

36 5 1

2

36 5 1

2

26 5 1

3

36 5 1

2

16

12

12

2445 5 8

1515885 5 1

59790

1,000 5 79100

126500

102400

79300

60200

Applying Skills

21. a. b.

22. a. b.

23. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. h. i.

j.

15-3 Evaluating Simple Probabilities(pages 594–596)Writing About MathematicsIn 1 and 2, answers will vary.

1. Example: The probability of landing on a 7 whenrolling a die

2. Example: The probability of getting a numbergreater than 0 when rolling a die

Developing Skills3. a. { }, {H}, {T}, {H, T}

b. P(neither H or T) � 0P(H) �P(T) �P(either H or T) � 1

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

10. 0 11. 1

12. a. b. c.

d. 1 e. 0 f. 0

13. a. b. c.

d. 0 e. f. 1

g. 0 h. 1 i. 0

14. a. 0 b. 1 c.

d. 0 e. 1 f. 0

15. a. b. c. 0

d. 0 e. 1 f.

g. 0 h. 0 i. 0

16. a. {E1, E2} b.

17. a. {S1, S2, S3, S4} b.

18. a. {I, A, E} b. 38

411

25

1352 5 1

4

1352 5 1

4452 5 1

13

46 5 2

3

46 5 2

3

26 5 1

336 5 1

216

38

23

57

67

27

47

47

37

17

12

12

38

58

38

78

68 5 3

438

58

38

48 5 1

238

4840 5 1

2105

840 5 1168

1430 5 7

151630 5 8

15

376

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 376

Page 116: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

19. a. {E1, E2, I, E3} b.

20. a. {S, P, R, Y} b. 1

Applying Skills21. a. .6 b. .4 c. 1 d. 022. a. 10% b. 50% c. 40% d. 100%

e. 0%

23. a. b. c. d. 0

e. f. 0 g. 0 h.

i. j. 1 k. 0 l. 1

24. 8 25. 9 girls, 12 boys26. 18 caramels, 12 nut clusters 27. 28 rides

15-4 The Probability of (A and B) (pages 598–599)Writing About Mathematics

1. Answers will vary. Example: The probability ofrolling an even number and a 2 on a die.

2. Set A is a subset of set B.

Developing Skills

3. a. b. c.

d. 0 e. f. 0

4. a. b. c.

d. e. f. 0

g. h. i.

Applying Skills

5. a. b. c.

d. 1 e.

6. a. 21 b. (1)

(2)

(3)

7. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. h. i. 0

j. 212 5 1

6

512

212 5 1

6

212 5 1

6312 5 1

48

12 5 23

412 5 1

3512

712

2130 5 7

10

2830 5 14

15

2330

34

14

14

24 5 1

2

652 5 3

26252 5 1

261

52

152

252 5 1

26

152

252 5 1

261

52

36 5 1

2

16

16

26 5 1

3

35

15

25

15

25

35

47

15-5 The Probability of (A or B) (pages 603–605)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. By definition P(A or B) � P(A) � P(B) �P(A and B). However, 0 � P(A and B) � P(B).Therefore, P(A) � P(B) � P(A and B) � P(A) �P(B) � P(B) � P(A).

2. P(A or B) � P(A); since B is a subset of A, thenP(B) � P(A and B) so P(A or B) � P(A) �P(B) � P(A and B) � P(A).

Developing Skills3. a. Yes; b. Yes; c. Yes;

d. Yes; e. No;

4. a. Yes; b. Yes;

c. Yes; d. Yes;

e. No; f. Yes;

g. No; 1 h. No;

5. a. Yes; b. Yes;

c. Yes; d. No;

e. No; f. Yes;

g. No; h. Yes;

i. Yes;

6. a. Yes; b. Yes;

c. Yes; d. Yes;

e. Yes; 1 f. Yes;7. (2) 8. (2) 9. (1)

10. (2) 11. (2) 12. (3)

Applying Skills13. a. 2 14. a. .85 15.

b. 10 b. 289c. 4

15-6 The Probability of (Not A) (pages 607–609)Writing About Mathematics

1. P(not A) � 0; the event (not A) is an impossibility.Since P(not A) � 1 � P(A), if P(A) � 1, thenP(not A) � 1 � 1 � 0.

2. P(not A or not B) � 1. Since A and B are disjoint,the set (not A) contains every element of the univer-sal set, including the elements of B but not includingthe elements of A. Similarly, the set (not B) containsevery element of the universal set, including theelements of A but not including the elements of B.Therefore, the set (not A or not B) is equal to theuniversal set, and thus, P(not A or not B) � 1.

14

1016 5 5

8

1416 5 7

88

16 5 12

916

816 5 1

2

1652 5 4

13

3952 5 3

41652 5 4

13

1252 5 3

132852 5 7

13

1652 5 4

132652 5 1

2

852 5 2

138

52 5 213

46 5 2

3

26 5 1

336 5 1

2

36 5 1

246 5 2

3

46 5 2

326 5 1

3

35

35

45

45

25

377

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 377

Page 117: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills

3. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. 1 h. 0 i.

4. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. h.

5. a. P(P) � , P(I) � , P(C) � , P(N) �

, P(K) � , P(G) �

b. � 1

6. 7. .907

8. a. b. c.

d. 1 e. 0 f. 0

9. a. b. c.

d. 1 e.

10. a. b. c. 0

d. e. f.

g. h. i. 1

11. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. h. i. 0

j. k. l.

Applying Skills

12. a. (1) (2) (3)

b. � 1

c. (1) (2) (3)

13. a. b.

14. a. .2 b. .3 c. .5

d. .7 e. .8 f. .7

g. .5 h. 0

15. 89

710

310

712

812 5 2

39

12 5 34

312 1 4

12 1 512 5 12

12

512

412 5 1

33

12 5 14

5052 5 25

262852 5 7

132

52 5 126

5152

852 5 2

13

4852 5 12

133952 5 3

41652 5 4

13

152

1352 5 1

44

52 5 113

411

711

411

311

311

211

111

34

14

14

34

47

47

37

67

110 1 3

10 1 210 1 2

10 1 110 1 1

10

110

110

210 5 1

5

210 5 1

5310

110

4452 5 11

135152

5052 5 25

264852 5 12

134052 5 10

13

1252 5 3

133952 5 3

41352 5 1

4

46 5 2

3

46 5 2

326 5 1

336 5 1

2

36 5 1

256

16

16. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. 0 h. i. 0

j. k. l. 1

15-7 The Counting Principle, SampleSpaces, and Probability (pages 613–616)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. There are four equally likely outcomes:two heads, two tails, heads for nickel andtails for quarter, tails for nickel and headsfor quarter.

2. Yes; P(green 2) � P(red 3) � ,which is the same as P(green 3) � P(red 3) �

.

Developing Skills3. a. {(H, H),(H, T), (T, H), (T, T)}

b. 2 outcomes for the quarter � 2 outcomesfor the dime � 4 outcomes

c. 1d. 2

4. a. 6 � 6 � 36b.

5. a. 4b. 3c. 12d.

R

B

BWGRWGRBGRBW

W

G

123456

1 2 3 4 5 6

16 3 1

6 5 136

16 3 1

6 5 136

310

510 5 1

2

710

910

710

610 5 3

5

610 5 3

5410 5 2

51

10

378

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 378

Page 118: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

6. a. 4b. 4c. 16d.

7. a. 8. a. 9.

b. b.

c. c.

d.

10. a. 11. a. b.

b. c. d.

e. f.

g. h.

12. ; for each toss, there are exactly two outcomes:heads or tails.

Applying Skills13. a. 10 outfits 14. 80 ways 15. 56 teams

b. 40 outfitsc. 36 outfits

16. 42 meals 17. a. 40 mealsb. 24 mealsc. 12 meals

18. a.

b. {(T, T, T), (T, T, F), (T, F, T), (T, F, F), (F, T, T),(F, T, F), (F, F, T), (F, F, F)}

19. a. 4 ways 20. 180 versionsb. 64 waysc. 1,024 waysd. 4n ways

21. a. 676,000 license plates 22.b. 1,757,600 license platesc. 6,760,000 license plates

860 5 2

15

T

F

T

F

TFTF

T

F

TFTF

12

1464 5 7

324964

6364

164

1464 5 7

324964

18

6364

164

18

212 5 1

6

412 5 1

3112

312 5 1

416

14

112

12

23. a. 24. a. 25. a. .09 b. .49

b. b. c. .21 d. .21

c. e. .51 f. .5826. 25 27. 4 days28. a. (1) (2) (3)

b. c. 5,000 coupons

d. 1,994,897 coupons e.

15-8 Probability with Two or More Activities(pages 623–627)Writing About Mathematics

1. The probability of winning first prize is lessthan the probability of winning second prizebecause the sample space has decreased by 1;P(first prize) � , P(second prize) � ,and .

2. For the dice, there are 36 possible outcomesand 5 have a sum of 8 {(2, 6), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 3),(6, 2)}, so P(sum of 8) � . For the tiles, thereare 30 possible outcomes and 4 have a sum of8 {(2, 6), (3, 5), (5, 3), (6, 2)}, so P(sum of 8) �

. Since , the probability is greater with the dice.

Developing Skills3. a. 4. a. 5. a.

b. b. b.

c. c.

d. d.

e.6. a. {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3),

(2, 4), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), (4, 1), (4, 2),(4, 3), (4, 4)}

b.

c.

d. 616 5 3

8

416 5 1

4

116

26 5 1

3

2042 5 10

212049

2242 5 11

212949

2042 5 10

212549

57

242 5 1

21449

27

536 . 2

15430 5 2

15

536

1n , 1

n 2 1

1n 2 1

1n

1,999,8972,000,000

1032,000,000

120,000

11,000,000

12,000,000

12n

312 5 1

4116

212 5 1

612

379

R

B

W

G

RBWGRBWGRBWGRBWG

1

2

3

4

1234123412341234

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 379

Page 119: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

7. a. (1) b. (1)

(2) (2)

(3) (3)

(4) (4)

(5)

(6) 0

(7)

8. a. b.

9. a. b.

Applying Skills10. a. {(L1, L2), (L1, L3), (L1, G1), (L1, G2), (L2, L1),

(L2, L3), (L2, G1), (L2, G2), (L3, L1), (L3, L2),(L3, G1), (L3, G2), (G1, L1), (G1, L2), (G1, L3),(G1, G2), (G2, L1), (G2, L2), (G2, L3), (G2, G1)}

b. (1) (2) c.

(3) (4)11. a. {(G1, G1), (G1, G2), (G1, G3), (G1, B1), (G1, B2),

(G2, G1), (G2, G2), (G2, G3), (G2, B1), (G2, B2),(G3, G1), (G3, G2), (G3, G3), (G3, B1), (G3, B2),(B1, G1), (B1, G2), (B1, G3), (B1, B1), (B1, B2),(B2, G1), (B2, G2), (B2, G3), (B2, B1), (B2, B2)}

1820 5 9

108

20 5 25

68 5 3

4220 5 1

106

20 5 310

L1

L2

L3

G1

G2

L2

L3

G1

G2

L1

L1

L1

L1

L2

L2

L2

L3

L3

L3

G1

G1

G1

G2

G2

G2

12

14

113

12

911

60132 5 5

11

78132 5 13

226

132 5 122

126132 5 21

2227

132 5 944

54132 5 9

2227

132 5 944

6132 5 1

2272

132 5 611

b. (1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

c.

12. a. b.

c. d.

e. f.

g. h.

i.13. a. {(H, Q), (H, D), (H, N), (Q, H), (Q,D),

(Q, N), (D, H), (D, Q), (D, N), (N, H),(N, Q), (N, D)}

b. (1) (2)

(3) (4)

(5) (6) 412 5 1

32

12 5 16

212 5 1

66

12 5 12

412 5 1

3212 5 1

6

451

1692,652 5 13

204451

22,652 5 1

1,3262,4962,652 5 16

17

1322,652 5 11

221650

2,652 5 25102

1562,652 5 1

1712

2,652 5 1221

615 5 2

5

1625

525 5 1

5

425

925

G1

G1

G2

G3

B1

B2

G1

G2

G3

B1

B2

G1

G2

G3

B1

B2

G1

G2

G3

B1

B2

G1

G2

G3

B1

B2

G2

G3

B1

B2

380

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 380

Page 120: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

15-10 Permutations with Repetitions(pages 638–639)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. {TAR, TRA, RAT, RTA, ART, ATR}b. There are 3 unique letters, each used once in

every word.2. a. {TOT, TTO, OTT}

b. There are 2 unique letters, one of which isrepeated twice in every word.

Developing Skills3. 60 4. 20 5. 306. 30 7. a. 720 8. a. 120

b. 120 b. 60c. c.

9. a. 360 10. a. 180 11. a. 60b. 60 b. 60 b. 30c. c. c.

12. a. 20 13. a. 60 14. a. 120b. 10 b. 0 b. 60c. c. 0 c.

15. 630 16. 420 17. 1,68018. 3,360 19. 3,780 20. 151,20021. 34,650 22. 30,240 23. a. 120

b. 6c.

24. a. 5 25. a. 10 26. a. 5b. 1 b. 3 b. 0c. c. c. 0

27. 4 28. 21 29. 5630. 360 31. 495Applying Skills32. 120 33. 8434. 9,189,180 35. 21,034,470,60036. 1,251,677,700 37. 1,396,755,36038. Answers will vary.

15-11 Combinations (pages 644–646)Writing About Mathematics

1. A permutation is used when order is important.For example, listing the different ways to choosea president, a vice president, and a treasurer.A combination is used when order is not impor-tant. For example, choosing a committee of 3.

2. r � 13. We know that 26Cr is an increasing func-tion of r. Since 26Cr � 26C26 � r, it will have a maxi-mum value. A maximum value will occur when r � n � r. When r � 13, n � r � 26 � 13 � 13.Therefore, 26C13 � 10,400,600 is the maximumvalue.

310

15

120

12

12

12

13

16

12

16

381

14. a. (1) 15. a. b.

(2) c. d.

(3) e. f.

(4) g.

b. 10

16. a. 17. a. 18. a.

b. b. b.

c.

19. a. 20. a.

b. b.

c.

15-9 Permutations (pages 634–635)Writing About Mathematics

1. n! � n [(n � 1) (n � 2) 2 1] and (n � 1) (n � 2) 2 1 � (n � 1)!, so n! � n(n � 1)!

2. 9P9 � 9 � 8 � 7 � 6 � 5 � 4 � 3 � 2 � 1 and

9P8 � 9 � 8 � 7 � 6 � 5 � 4 � 3 � 2, so they areequal

Developing Skills3. 24 4. 720 5. 5,0406. 8 7. 120 8. 69. 40,320 10. 336 11. 120

12. 90 13. 380 14. 7,92015. 5,040 16. 64,77017. 985,084,775,273,88018. 24 19. 60 20. 12021. 210 22. 19P7, 60P5, 24P7, 45P6

Applying Skills23. a. 24

b. {EMIT, EMTI, EIMT, EITM, ETMI, ETIM,MITE, MIET, MTIE, MTEI, MEIT, METI,ITEM, ITME, IMET, IMTE, IETM, IEMT,TEIM, TEMI, TIEM, TIME, TMEI, TMIE}

24. 120 25. 24 26. 40,32027. a. 30 28. a. 210

b. 870 b. 504c. 24,360 c. 990

d. n(n � 1)(n � 2)29. a. 6 30. 755,160 31. a. 650

b. 15,600 b. 676

In 32–35, part b, answers will vary depending on thenumber of digits in the calculator display.32. a. 60! 33. a. 26!

b. 8.320987113 � 1081 b. 4.032914611 � 1026

34. a. 35. a.b. 3.07762104 � 1021 b. 3.100796899 � 1012

40!32!

25!7!

47

22150 5 11

7538

12150 5 2

2518

30100 5 3

10

820 5 2

575200 5 3

86090 5 2

3

1236 5 1

3145400 5 29

8090200 5 9

20

3042 5 5

796

182 5 4891

46 5 2

31242 5 2

786

182 5 4391

3042 5 5

72442 5 4

730

182 5 1591

1242 5 2

7642 5 1

756

182 5 413

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 381

Page 121: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Developing Skills3. 105 4. 220 5. 2106. 25 7. 1 8. 19. 9 10. 19,900 11. 35

12. 126 13. 1 14. 124,25115. 20 16. 84 17. 120

18. a. 3 b. 6 c. 10 d. 21e. 28 f. nC2 �

19. a. (1)

(2)

(3)

b. (1)

(2)

(3)c. Yes, the formulas are equivalent.

Applying Skills20. a. 2,002 21. 2,300 22. a. 1,001

b. 4,368 b. 286c. 715 c. 66

23. a. 1,540 24. a. 126 25. a. 2,598,960b. 120 b. 108 b. 24c. 540 c. 9 c. 48d. 660 d. 0 (there d. 1,287e. 66 are only 3 e. 1,320

car-repair f. 0manuals)

26. 176 27. 299

15-12 Permutations, Combinations, andProbability (pages 648–651)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. The probability that Olivia will be chosen is

equal to . Therefore, the probability that

she will not be chosen is equal to .2. Jenna was correct. Since order is important (we

are looking for alphabetical order), we need touse permutations.

Applying Skills3. a. 30 b. c. 15

d. (1) (2)

(3) (4)

4. a. 35 b. 12 c.

d. 1 e. 34

1235

115

815

115

615 5 2

5

1230 5 2

5

1 2 38 5 58

7C

2

8C35 3

8

11(10)(9)c(5)7! 5 330

11!(11 2 7)!7! 5 330

11P

77! 5

11!(11 2 7)!

7! 5 330

8(7)(6)3! 5 56

8!(8 2 3)!3! 5 56

8P

33! 5

8!(8 2 3)!

3! 5 56

n!2!(n 2 2)! 5

n(n 2 1)2

5. a. 84

b. (1) (2)

(3) (4)

6. a. (1) 35 (2) 7

(3) 63 (4) 210

b. (1) (2) (3)

(4) 0 (5)

7. a. b.

c. d.

e. f.

g. h.

8. a. b. c.

d. e. 1 f.

9. a. b.

c. d.

10. a. 210 b. 24 c.

11. a. 135 b. 720 c. 72 d.

12. a. 42

b. (1) 10 (2) 6 (3)

13. a. b. c.

d. e. f.

g. h.

14. a. 3,003 b. 60

c. (1) (2)

(3) (4)

(5) 0 (6)

15. a. 5,040 b. c.

16. a. 10 groups of people seated in 60 differentorders

b. c.

Review Exercises (pages 653–656)1. No. For Aaron, P(black) � where b is the num-

ber of black jellybeans in a dish of n jellybeans.However, Jake’s selection is not random. Jakematches Aaron’s selection. Therefore, if Aaronchooses a black jellybean, then Jake is certain to

bn

310

25

5765,040 5 4

35720

5,040 5 17

1263,003 5 6

143

63,003 5 2

1,001180

3,003 5 601,001

13,003

603,003 5 20

1,001

156

156

2156 5 3

8656 5 3

284056 5 5

7

3056 5 15

281056 5 5

281

56

610 5 3

5

310

14

34

624 5 1

4

1224 5 1

21824 5 3

4

1335

1835

1235

135

435

451

1251 5 4

17

162,652 5 4

66316

1,326 5 8663

781,326 5 1

176

1,326 5 1221

41,326 5 2

6631

1,326

27

63210 5 3

107

210 5 130

35210 5 1

6

24 5 1

21620 5 4

5

1220 5 3

5420 5 1

5

382

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 382

Page 122: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

choose a black jellybean, so the probability isequal to 1. If Aaron does not choose a blackjellybean, then Jake will definitely not choose ablack jellybean, so the probability is equal to 0.

2. No. The ratio of black jellybeans to totaljellybeans is , so there could be 16 outof 25, 24 out of 75, and so on.

3. (n � r � 1) 4. .5 5. .26. 40,320 7. 120 8. 1329. 1 10. 220 11. 780

12. 0 13. a. 120 14. 210

b. (1)

(2)

(3) 0

(4) 1

15. 24 16. 56 17. 65%

18. a. 210 b.

19. a. 126 b. (1) c.

(2) d. 1

(3)

20. a. b. c.

d. e.

21. a. b. c.

d. e. 0 f.

22. a. b. 0 c.

d. e. 1 f.

23. 8 girls, 16 boys

24. a. 21 b. (1) c. 20

(2) d.

(3)

(4) 0

25.

26. a. 120 b. 72 27.

c. d.

28. 29. 30. 1

31. 0 32. 33.

34. 35. 8 girls, 12 boys

36. 17 sophomores, 10 juniors, 18 seniors

37. a. 38. 60%

b. 1248 5 1

4

642,450 5 32

1,225

25

42,504850,668

15

36 5 1

226 5 1

3

35

72120 5 3

5

25

28 5 1

4

1821 5 6

7

220 5 1

101221 5 4

7

621

120

1484 5 1

6

535 5 1

7110

5152

3952 5 3

4

2852 5 7

131652 5 4

13852 5 2

13

351 5 1

1778

1,326 5 117

161,326 5 8

6636

1,326 5 1221

162,652 5 4

663

15126 5 5

42

60126 5 10

21

26 5 1

345

126 5 514

57

36 5 1

2

16

825

Exploration (pages 656–657)a. About 59 or 60 disksb. Answers will vary.c. Answers will vary. Example:

(1) Catch and tag a number of fish. Note thenumber tagged.

(2) Return the fish to the pond.(3) Catch some fish from the pond. Record the

number caught and the number of these thatare tagged.

(4) Return the fish to the pond.(5) Repeat steps (3) and (4) at least 10 times.Let x � the number of fish in the pond

n � the number of fish that were taggedc � the total number of fish caught and

recordedt � the total number of tagged fish

recordedUse the proportion

Cumulative Review (pages 657–659)Part I

1. 1 2. 3 3. 44. 1 5. 3 6. 17. 2 8. 4 9. 2

10. 4Part II11. 58°; tan �DAB � , �DAB � 58°

12. 84 cents/lb;Part III13. 72 students; Japanese only � 50 (J) � 13

(S and J) � 10 (E and J) � 5 (E and S and J) �22, Spanish only � 100 (S) � 13 (S and J) � 45(E and S) � 5 (E and S and J) � 37, Japanese orSpanish � 22 � 37 � 13 � 72

14. 140; � 1407!3! 3 3!

5(98 cents) 1 7(74 cents)(5 1 7) lb 5 84

centslb

y

xA B

CD

1

1

85

tc 5 n

x

383

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 383

Page 123: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Part IV15. 60%; 0.80 � 0.75 � 0.616. a. 2w2 � 4w � 720; l � 2w � 4

b. Length � 36 m, width � 20 m; 2w2 � 4w �720, w2 � 2w � 360, w2 � 2w � 360 � 0,(w � 20)(w � 18) � 0, w � 20 [reject �18],l � 2(20) � 4 � 36

384

16-1 Collecting Data (pages 665–667)Writing About MathematicsIn 1 and 2, answers will vary.

1. Even in a census, some groups may be under-counted; for example, the homeless or peoplewho do not wish to respond to the census form.

2. No. Only highly-motivated people will returntheir questionnaires: either those who wanted thefree coupon or those who had strong opinionsabout the product. Voluntary responses usuallydo not represent the group.

Developing Skills3. Qualitative 4. Qualitative 5. Quantitative6. Qualitative 7. Quantitative 8. Qualitative9. Quantitative 10. Quantitative

11. a. Biasedb. Basketball players are taller than average.

12. a. Biasedb. Seniors are generally be taller than under-

classmen.13. a. Biased

b. Students of a single age and gender are gen-erally similar in size to one another but non-representative of other groups of students.

14. a. Biasedb. Girls are usually shorter than boys; half the

student population would be unrepresented.15. a. Unbiased16. a. Biased

b. Boys are usually taller than girls; half thestudent population would be unrepresented.

17. a. Biasedb. Three is too small a sample space.

18. a. Unbiased

In 19–24, responses will vary.19. No. Students at the gym for a sports event would

most likely want additional pep rallies for sportsevents.

20. Yes. Students at the library21. Yes22. No. Since cheerleaders would be involved in

the pep rallies, they would be more likely wantadditional pep rallies.

23. No. Students at the prom committee would mostlikely want more dances.

24. Yes

25. (2), (3), (5)26. Collecting data, organizing data, and drawing

conclusions from the data27. The shorter the person, the faster the time; how-

ever, we visually associate the bigger pictureswith better results, which in this case is false.Also, the area of the figures and the scale usedexaggerate the change in time.

28. The sample sizes of the groups are too small tomake a valid conclusion Also, the variable ofinterest is difficult to define.

Hands-On ActivityResults will vary

16-2 Organizing Data (pages 672–674)Writing About Mathematics

1. The stem-and-leaf diagram shows theindividual data items and is more visual; in agrouped table, the individual items cannot bedetermined.

2. The stem could be the hundreds digits from 0 to6, with the tens and ones digits as the leaves. So,2 would be 0 � 02 and 654 would be 6 � 54.

Developing Skills

3. a. Interval Tally Frequency

180–189 6

170–179 10

160–169 12

150–159 6

140–149 2

b. (1) 8 students(2) 28 students(3) 160–169(4) 140–149

c. Stem Leaf

18 0 0 0 1 3 317 0 1 1 1 3 4 5 5 7 816 0 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 8 8 915 0 5 7 8 8 814 7 9

d. 36 cme. 8 students

Key: 16 � 2 � 162 cm

Chapter 16. Statistics

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 384

Page 124: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

4. a. Interval Tally Frequency

50–59 5

60–69 3

70–79 12

80–89 14

90–99 7

100–109 9

b. (1) 30 batteries(2) 20 batteries(3) 80–89(4) 60–69

c. Stem Leaf

5 2 3 4 7 86 2 3 77 0 0 2 2 2 3 3 5 5 6 8 98 0 0 1 2 2 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 89 0 1 1 2 5 6 7

10 0 1 1 3 2 4 5 6 8

d. 56 hr e.

5. a. Interval Tally Frequency

35–39 1

30–34 2

25–29 5

20–24 5

15–19 10

10–14 4

5–9 6

0–4 5

b. Interval Tally Frequency

32–39 2

24–31 6

16–23 14

8–15 7

0–7 9

c. Stem Leaf

3 1 2 62 0 0 0 1 2 5 5 5 7 81 0 1 2 3 5 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 9 90 0 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 9

d. 36 hr/wke. 2

38 5 119

Key: 3 � 1 � 31 hr/wk

850 5 4

25

Key: 5 � 0 � 50 hr

6. a. Interval Tally Frequency

91–100 7

81–90 10

71–80 7

61–70 2

51–60 2

41–50 2

b. Interval Tally Frequency

89–100 8

77–88 9

65–76 8

53–64 3

41–52 2c. 81–90 d. 77–88e. Yes. The scores from 81–88 are common to

both regions.7. a. The intervals are of different lengths.

b. The last two intervals are half the length ofthe first three intervals.

c. The intervals 9–16 and 17–24 overlap.d. 0 is not included in any interval but was

represented in the data.Hands-On ActivityResults will vary.

16-3 The Histogram (pages 679–680)Writing About Mathematics

1. Answers will vary. If the stem-and-leaf diagramwere to be rotated 90° counterclockwise, it wouldhave the same shape as the histogram.The longestlist of data corresponds to the tallest bar. However,individual data items can be read from the stem-and-leaf diagram but not from the histogram.

2. The other intervals would be 21–25, 26–30, 31–35,36–40, and 41–45. No, since the old and newintervals overlap, it is not possible to determinethe frequencies of the new intervals.

Developing Skills3. 10

8

6

4

2

0 81–90

Interval

Freq

uenc

y

51–60 61–70 71–80 91–100

385

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 385

Page 125: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

4.

5.

6. a. 150b. 10–12c. 20%d. 68

Applying Skills

7. a. Interval Tally Frequency

35–37 4

32–34 6

29–31 7

26–28 1

23–25 2

b.

c. 29–31d. 10 gamese. 10%

Freq

uenc

y

Interval

8

6

4

2

023–25 26–28 29–31 32–34 35–37

Freq

uenc

y

Interval

42

36

30

24

18

12

6

01–3 4–6 7–9 10–12 13–15 16–18

Freq

uenc

y

Interval

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

05–9 30–3425–29 20–2415–19 10–14

8. a. Interval Tally Frequency

37.0–40.9 8

33.0–36.9 9

29.0–32.9 8

25.0–28.9 4

21.0–24.9 1

b.

c. 5 students d.

Hands-On ActivityResults will vary.

16-4 The Mean, the Median, and the Mode(pages 686–690)Writing About Mathematics

1. No. Rene is not giving each test the sameweight in the calculation. The correct mean is(67 � 79 � 91) � 3 � 79.

2. Yes.When n is odd, the median of a set of n num-bers is the middle value, that is, the amount ofnumbers less than the median equals the amountof numbers greater than the median. Excluding the median, each half is .The median is one

number more, .

Developing Skills3. a. 7 b. 24 c. d. 0.714. a. 3 b. 7 c. 4 d. 80

e. 3.2 f. 2 g. 22.5 h. 6.55. 5 6. 50.57. a. 2 b. 2, 8 c. 8

d. No mode e. 2, 8, 9 f. 1g. 2 h. No mode i. 2, 7j. 19

515

n 2 12 1 1 5 n 2 1

2 1 22 5 n 1 12

n 2 12

530 5 1

6Fr

eque

ncy

Interval

10

8

6

4

2

0

21.0

–24

.925

.0 –

28.9

29.0

–32

.933

.0 – 36

.937

.0 –

40.9

386

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 386

Page 126: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

8. a. 9 9. a. 2b. 8 b. 4 or 5c. No mode c. Any number except for 2, 4,d. 8, 9 or 5

10. (3) 11. (2) 12. (4)13. (3) 14. (3) 15. (3)16. (2) 17. a. 7 18. 80.25

b. 1119. 31, 32, 33 20. 18, 20, 22 21. 16, 33, 44Applying Skills22. 82 23. 86 24.25. 95 26. 10027. a. 82

b. 100c. 63d. Not possible; Al would need a score of 115.

28. a. 165 kg 29. 1.3 in. 30. 174 cmb. 56.25 kg

31. 13.5 32. 15 33. $134. 70 35. a. (1) $475

(2) $447.50(3) $445, $450

b. The mean because it makesthe “average” salary appearhigher.

c. The median or mode becausethey make the “average”salary appear lower.

36. a. (1) 2 mi(2) 1 mi(3) 1 mi

b. 3c. The mean is greater than all but two of the

distances.37. a. (1) 1 in.

(2) in.(3) in.

b. Answers will vary. Example: The carpenter’s average-size nail is inch because he uses it most often.

Hands-On ActivityResults will vary.

16-5 Measures of Central Tendency andGrouped Data (pages 695–697)Writing About Mathematics

1. The 25th and 26th data values must be equal. Letx represent the 25th data value and y representthe 26th. Then their mean, (x � y) � 2, is either xor y. If the mean is x, (x � y) � 2 � x, x � y � 2x,

34

34

34

2x 1 3y5

y � x. If the mean is y, (x � y) � 2 � y, x � y �2y, x � y.

2. The set has an even number of data values, andthe two middle values are not equal. Unless themiddle values are equal, their mean will not beone of the values.

Developing Skills3. a. 16 4. a. 21

b. 7 b. 18c. 7 c. 19d. 6 d. 20

5. a. 20 6. a. 26b. 21.75 b. 35–44c. 21 c. 45–54d. 20

7. a. 71 8. a. 28b. 22–27 b. 76–100c. 28–33 c. 26–50

Applying Skills

9. a. Interval Frequency

20 0

19 1

18 2

17 4

16 3

15 2

14 1

13 1

12 1

b. 16c. 17d. 16

10. a. (1) 4 min(2) 4 min(3) 4 min

b. The mean, median, and mode are equal.11. a. (1) 25 (2) 40

(3) 40 (4) 38b. The mode shows the suit size sold most

frequently.

12. a. Interval Frequency

91–100 9

81–90 6

71–80 3

61–70 0

51–60 2

b. 91–100 c. 81–90

387

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 387

Page 127: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

13. a. Interval Frequency

180–199 4

160–179 10

140–159 7

120–139 9

100–119 5

b.

c. 140–159 d. 160–179

16-6 Quartiles, Percentiles, andCumulative Frequency (pages 707–710)Writing About Mathematics

1. a. Yes.The individual scores can be read from thestem-and-leaf diagram and the number if scoresat or below a given score can be determined.

b. No. Since the individual scores are not shown,the number of scores at or below a given scorecannot be determined.

2. a. 6th b. 18thDeveloping Skills

3. a. Min � 12, Q1 � 21, med � 30, Q3 � 37, max � 44b.

4. a. Min � 67, Q1 � 74.5, med � 79, Q3 � 87,max � 92

b.

5. a. Min � 0, Q1 � 1, med � 2, Q3 � 3, max � 9b.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45

Freq

uenc

y

Weight (pounds)

10

8

6

4

2

0

110

– 119

120

– 139

140

– 159

160

– 179

180 –

199

6. a. Min � 3.6, Q1 � 4.1, med � 4.4, Q3 � 4.85,max � 5.0

b.

7. a.

b. 11–20c. 31–40d. 41–50

8. a.

b. 5–9c. 10–14d. 15–19

9. a.

b. 5–8c. 9–12d. 9–12

Interval

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

y 20

16

12

8

4

1–4 1–8 1–12 1–16 1–20

Interval

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

y 24

20

16

12

8

4

5–9 5–14 5–19 5–24 5–29

Interval

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

y 24

20

16

12

8

4

1–10 1–20 1–30 1–40 1–50

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6

388

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 388

Page 128: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

10. a.

b. 11–15 c. 20%11. a.

b. 18–22 c. 23–27d. 35% e. 13–17

Applying Skills12. a. 70% b. 280 students c. 1–120

d. 1–30 e. 35% or

13. a. Number Cumulative of Letters Frequency Frequency

1 4 4

2 14 18

3 20 38

4 20 58

5 3 61

6 18 79

7 5 84

8 2 86

9 1 87

10 1 88

b. 4c. 3, 6

720

Interval

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

y

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

03–7 3–12 3–17 3–22 3–27 3–32 3–37

Interval

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

y 20

16

12

8

4

01–5 1–10 1–15 1–20 1–25

d.

e.

f. 92.6% or 93%14. 187 students

15. a. Height Cumulative (inches) Frequency Frequency

77 2 22

76 2 20

75 7 18

74 5 11

73 3 6

72 2 3

71 1 1

b.

c. 73 in. d. 75 in.16. 510 children 17. (4) 18. (1)

16-7 Bivariate Statistics (pages 721–724)Writing About Mathematics

1. Answers will vary. Example: As the pollution in apond increases, the population of fish decreases.

2. The line of best fit can be used to make predictionsabout one of the variables given the other variable.

Height (inches)

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

y 24

20

16

12

8

4

71–7

7

71–7

1 71

–72

71–7

371

–74

71–7

571

–76

Freq

uenc

y

Number of letters

9080706050403020100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

389

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 389

Page 129: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Applying Skills3. a.

b. Positive c. No d. 9.5 gale. 304 mi f. See graph g. 96 mi

4. a.

b. Positive c. Yes d. 7.5 mine. $0.81 f. y � 0.108x; see graphg. y � 0.109x � 0.008h. $1.51 i. $1.52

5. a.

b. Negative c. Yes d. $1.18e. 60 heads f. See graphg. As the price increases, the number of heads of

lettuce decreases.

Cos

t in

dolla

rs

Minutes

4.00

3.00

2.00

1.00

010 20 30 40

y = 0.108x

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

02 4 6 8 10 12 14

Gallons of gas

Mile

s dr

iven

y = 32

x (9.5, 304)

6. a.

b. Positive c. Yesd. y � 4.16x � 125; see graphe. y � 4.52x � 151f. approx. 133 lb g. approx. 78 in.

7. a.

b. Positive c. Yesd. y � 16.4x � 54.3; see graphe. y � 15.5x � 47 f. 224.5 million

8. a.

Years after 1990

Cel

lula

r ph

ones

(in

mill

ions

)

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Height (in.)

Wei

ght (

lb)

240

230

220

210

200

190

180

170

160

150

140130

60 80757065

390

Age nominated

Yea

rs a

s a

Supr

eme

Cou

rt ju

dge

40 45 50 55 60 65 70

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

Hea

ds o

f let

tuce

Price (in dollars)

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 0.25 3.25 3.002.25 2.001.751.50 1.251.000.750.50

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 390

Page 130: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

b. No linear correlation c. Nod. Answers will vary. See graphe. y � �0.40x � 36.6f. None of these

9. a.

b. Positivec. y � or y � 0.182x � 0.148; see graphd. y � 0.14x � 0.38 e. approx. 2 cups

Review Exercises (pages 725–728)1. Yes. If the set contains N integers and N is even,

then there are pairs each with a sum of (N � 1).The average of the middle two numbers is .

The mean is . If

N is odd, there are pairs each with a sum of

(N � 1) plus one number equal to , which

is also the median.The sum of the numbers is

,

so the mean is .2. a. When N is odd, or when the two middle

numbers in the set are equal.b. When N is even and when the two middle

numbers in the set are not equal.3. (1) a. (2) a.

b. 3.5 b. 3c. 3 c. 1

(3) a. (4) a.b. 3 b. 3c. 3 c. 2, 3

4. 5y � 85. a. Stem Leaf

5 4 96 0 3 5 57 2 5 7 8 8 8 88 0 1 79 1

Key: 5 � 4 � 54

46742

3

32732

3

N2 1 N2N 5 N 1 1

2

N 2 12 (N 1 1) 1 N 1 1

2 5 N2 2 1 1 N 1 12 5 N2 1 N

2

N 1 12

N 2 12

N2 (N 1 1)

N 5N(N 1 1)

2N 5N 1 1

2

N112

N2

211x 1 13

88

2.00

1.75

1.50

1.25

1.00

0.750.50

0.25

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Number of potatoes

Cup

s of

dre

ssin

gb.

c.

d.

6. a. (1) 67 kg (2) 70 kg (3) 72 kgb. (1) 62 kg (2) 65 kg (3) 67 kg

7. 93 8. a. 80° b. 81° c. 83°

9. a. Interval Tally Frequency

0–5 3

6–11 9

12–17 6

18–23 0

24–29 2

b.

c. 6–11 d. 6–11

Freq

uenc

y

Number of hours

109876543210

0–5 6–11 12–17 18–23 24–29

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

yInterval

181614121086420

50–59 50–69 50–79 50–89 50–99

Freq

uenc

y

Interval

876543210

50–59 60–69 70–79 80–8990–99

391

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 391

Page 131: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

10. a. Univariateb. 80.4c. 80d. 70

e. Cumulative Score Frequency Frequency

60 1 1

70 9 10

80 8 18

90 2 20

100 5 25

f.

g. 76%h.

11. a. Stem Leaf

2 71 77 86 92 973 01 03 03 21 36 70 82 794 04 26 32 35 42 44 49 57 72 86 895 20 23 25

b. 404 votesc. Q1 � 303, Q3 � 457d.

12. a. 15b. 50th percentilec. 7 students

13. a. Qualitative b. Quantitativec. Quantitative d. Quantitativee. Quantitative f. Quantitativeg. Qualitative h. Qualitative

14. The sample sizes for the current and former alco-holics are too small.This is not an experiment, andtherefore, it is not possible to establish cause-and-effect.

15. a. Bivariate

200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Key: 2 � 71 � 271 votes

825

Cum

ulat

ive

freq

uenc

y

Score

25

20

15

10

5

060–60 90–70 60–80 60–90 60–100

b.

c. Yes; positived. Yes; the cost increases as the number of

oranges increases.e. Answers will vary. Example: y � 0.232x � 0.455;

see graphf. $1.38

16. The bar representing the net income for 2002 isalmost as tall as the bar for 2003, giving theimpression that the income of the company hasbeen steadily increasing each year. However,in 2002 XYZ Company lost $4,000 and in 2003it earned a profit of $5,123.

Exploration (page 728)a. In 2004, the ratio of students who scored at or

below 1370 to students who scored at or above1370 was less than in 2000.

b. Other students also increased their grade pointaverages, causing the ratio of students scoring ator below 3.4 to students scoring at or above 3.4one semester to equal the ratio of students scoringat or below 3.8 to students scoring at or above 3.8the next semester.

Cumulative Review (pages 729–730)Part I

1. 4 2. 2 3. 2 4. 1 5. 36. 4 7. 3 8. 3 9. 3 10. 1

Part II11. 15 persons; w � m � 3, ,

5m � 15 � 6m � 9, m � 6, w � 912. 19°; sin x � , x � 19°Part III13. 10.5 m, 17.5 m, 21 m; 3x � 5x � 6x � 49.0,

14x � 49.0, x � 3.5, 3x � 10.5, 5x � 17.5, 6x � 2114. a. 2 hr, 1 hr, 0.5 hr, 0.25 hr; 8x � 4x � 2x � x �

3.75, 15x � 3.75, x � 0.25, 2x � 0.5, 4x � 1,8x � 2

b. ; 3.75 � 4 � 1516

1516 hr

1237

m 1 3m 1 (m 1 3) 5 m 1 3

2m 1 3 5 35

2

1.5

1

0.5

00 1 2 3 4 5

Weight (lb)

Cos

t ($)

392

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 392

Page 132: INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 · 2017-01-17 · INTEGRATED ALGEBRA 1 Ann Xavier Gantert AMSCO SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS, INC. 315 HUDSON STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10013 Teacher’s Manual with Answer

Part IV15. a. y � �x2 � 8x; length � � 8 � x, area �

x(8 � x) � �x2 � 8xb. y

xO

1

–1

16 2 2x2

c. 16 sq ft; x � , y � �(4)2 � 8(4) �

�16 � 32 � 16

16. a. 8:20 A.M.; � 2h, 8h � 2 � 2h, 6h � 2,

h � ,

b. ; 2 mph hr � 23 mi1

323 mi

13 hr ? 60 min

1 hr 5 20 min13

8 Ah214 B

282(21) 5 4

393

14271AKTE2.pgs 9/25/06 10:42 AM Page 393